MyCREST Design & Construction Stage V 2.0.1

MyCREST
Malaysian Carbon Reduction and Environmental Sustainability Tool
i
M yCREST © 2020 Reference Guide Design and Construction Stage
MyCREST
A Reference Guide for MyCREST

Malaysian Carbon Reduction & Environmental Sustainability Tool
DESIGN & CONTRUCTION STAGE Version 2
© Construction Industry Development Board Malaysia 2020
All enquiries regarding this book should be forwarded to:
Chief Executive
Construction Industry Development Board Malaysia
Level 10, Menara Dato’ Onn,
Pusat Dagangan Dunia Putra,
No 45, Jalan Tun Ismail,
50480 Kuala Lumpur,
Malaysia.
Tel : 603-4047 7000

Fax : 603-4047 7070
Email : mycrest@cidb.gov.my
Website : www.cidb.gov.my
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, whether
mechanical or electronic including photocopying and recording without the written consent of CIDB.
Perpustakaan Negara Malaysia Cataloguing-in-Publication Data
ii
MyCREST
TABLE OF CONTENTS: DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STAGE
INTRODUCTION TO MyCREST DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STAGE

PD PRE-DESIGN
PD1 MyCREST SUSTAINABLE AND CARBON REDUCTION TARGETS 1
INITIAL TARGET OF MyCREST AND ESTIMATION OF MyCREST GREEN
PD2 2
BUDGET
PD3 GREEN ECO-CHARRETTE 3
PD4 USE OF INTEGRATED DESIGN PROCESS 6
ASSESSMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL & SOCIAL IMPACT OF DEVELOPMENT
PD5 9
OR RE-DEVELOPMENT
PD6 FACILITIES MANAGEMENT INPUT IN THE DESIGN TEAM 11
IS INFRASTRUCTURE AND SEQUESTRATION

Req1 SITE INVENTORY ANALYSIS ON GREENERY 13
IS1 LOW CARBON CITY CHARACTERISTICS AND FACTORS:
IS1.1 Development Within Defined Urban Footprint 16
IS1.2 Urban Connectivity 18
IS1.3 Brownfield Development 21
IS2 CARBON ACCOUNTING ON SITE
IS2.1 Carbon Sequestration – Conservation Min of 28 cm (11 in) 22
IS2.2 Carbon Sequestration – New Planting 25
IS2.3
inches Shaded Trees Within 5 Meters From the Building Parameter 25
IS2.4 Produce Carbon Sequestration of Not Less Than 0.5 tCO2e 25
IS3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) 28
IS4 FACTORS IN STORMWATER MANAGEMENT:
IS4.1 Control of Stormwater Run-Off on Site 30
IS4.2 Stormwater Design – Quality 33
IS4.3 Integration of Carbon Sequestration Strategies 38
IS5 LOW-CARBON TRANSPORT FACTORS:
IS5.1 Accessible Public Transport – Bus Line & Railway Station 40
IS5.2 Accessible Public Transport – Covered Pedestrian Walkway 42
IS5.3 Low-Emission Vehicle Designated Parking 45
IS6 URBAN HEAT ISLAND MITIGATION:
IS6.1 Heat Island Mitigation – Roof/Wall 47
IS6.2 Heat Island Mitigation – Non-Roof 52
IS7 CONTROL OF EXTERNAL LIGHT SPILL AND BRIGHTNESS 55
IS8 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT FROM CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY
IS8.1 Proper Timing of Erosion & Sedimentation Control
Strategies 58
IS8.2 Proper Implementation of Staging and Spill Prevention Plan 58
IS8.3 Implementation of Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan 58
IS9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PRACTICE
IS9.1 Implementation of Effective Environmental Friendly 62
Programmes
IS9.2 Main Contractor Has Good Track Records in Green Practice 62
IS9.3 Implementation of the ISO 14001 Procedure 62
IS10 EMISSION REPORTING – CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY 65
ENERGY PERFORMANCE IMPACTS

EP
Req1 BUILDING ENERGY EFFICIENCY PERFORMANCE 68
iii
MyCREST
EP1 BUILDING ENVELOPE PERFORMANCE – THERMAL PERFORMANCE

EP1.1 Building Thermal Performance 73
EP1.2 Roof Thermal Performance 77
EP2 FUNDAMENTAL REFRIGERANT MANAGEMENT 79
EP3 DECENTRALISATION OF LIGHTING SYSTEMS CONTROL
EP3.1 Control of Lighting Through Zoning 81
EP3.2 Automatic Sensors in Common and Circulation Areas 83
EP4 ADMISSION OF DAYLIT ZONE AND PROVISION OF AUTOMATIC CONTROLS
EP4.1 Automatic Daylight Sensors – Photo Sensors 85
EP4.2 Natural Lighting 88
EP5 ARTIFICIAL LIGHTING
EP5.1 Improve Design Lighting Power Density (LPD) 93
EP5.2 High-Efficiency Lighting for 24 Hours Area/Usage and Car
Park Areas 98
EP6 INDIVIDUAL METERING 99
EP7 RENEWABLE ENERGY 101
EP8 METERED ELECTRICITY USAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION 104
SPECIFIC FOR AIR-CONDITIONED BUILDINGS
EP9 COMMISSIONING OF BUILDING ENERGY SYSTEMS 106
EP10 AIR PENETRATION 110
EP11 BUILDING ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 113
EP12 ENERGY EFFICIENT UNITARY AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEMS 115
EP13 BUILDING ENERGY EFFICIENCY PERFORMANCE 119
SPECIFIC FOR NON-AIR-CONDITIONED BUILDING
EP14 ENERGY EFFICIENCY – PERFORMANCE AND ASSESSMENT 127
EP15 BUILDING ENERGY EFFICIENCY PERFORMANCE 135
131
EP16 HEAT GAIN CONTROL AND COMFORT THROUGH NATURAL VENTILATION
EP16.1 Open Plan 133
EP16.2 Orientation of Building Layout and Major Openings 135
EP16.3 Design for Cross Ventilation 138
EP16.4 Provide Operable Windows 140
EP16.5 Demonstrate Adequate Internal Airflow Through Interior
141
Layout Design
EP16.6 Design Clerestories or Vented Skylights 142
EP16.7 Provide Roof Space Ventilation 145
EP16.8 Provision of Fan-Assisted Cooling Strategies 147
EP16.9 Recesses and Deep Shading of Façades for Reduction in
149
Solar Heat Gain
EP16.10 Prediction of Thermal Comfort in Buildings 151
OH OCCUPANT AND HEALTH

Req1 AIR QUALITY PERFORMANCE 155
OH1 INDOOR SMOKING RESTRICTION 157
OH2 CONTROL AND STRATEGIES TO REDUCE MOULD OCCURRENCE (FOR AIR- 159
CONDITIONED BUILDINGS)
OH3 INDOOR AIR QUALITY POLLUTANTS 161
OH4 INDOOR NOISE LEVEL (FOR AIR-CONDITIONED BUILDINGS) 164
OH5 CARBON DIOXIDE LEVEL CONTROL (FOR AIR-CONDITIONED BUILDINGS) 166
OH6 APPOINTMENT OF SAFETY, HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL OFFICER 168
EC LOWERING EMBODIED CARBON

Req1 RECYCLING FACILITY 171
iv
MyCREST
EC1 LIFE CYCLE ANALYSIS 174

EC2 GREEN PRODUCTS 176
EC3 SUSTAINABLE SOURCING OF MATERIALS & PRODUCTS
EC3.1 Sustainable Timber Source 178
EC3.2 Recycled Content 180
EC4 INDUSTRIALISED BUILDING SYSTEM (IBS) 182
EC5 BUILDING QUALITY ASSESSMENT IN CONSTRUCTION (QLASSIC) 184
EC6 LIFE CYCLE ANALYSIS 185
EC7 LIFE CYCLE ANALYSIS (LCA) – BUILDING WORKS 187
EC8 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT – ROUTE AND RECYCLERS 191
EC9 SALVAGED AND REUSED MATERIALS 194
EC10 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 196
EC11 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION 198
WE WATER EFFICIENCY FACTORS

Req1 REDUCE POTABLE WATER – 10% REDUCTION 200
WE1 WATER CONSERVATION STRATEGIES 203
WE2 REDUCE POTABLE WATER FOR LANDSCAPE 205
WE3 WATER SUB-METER AND LEAK DETECTION 206
WE4 RECYCLED GREY WATER 208
WE5 WATER CONSERVATION STRATEGIES ON-SITE 210
WE6 RAINWATER HARVESTING SYSTEM DURING CONSTRUCTION 212
SC SOCIAL AND CULTURAL SUSTAINABILITY

Req1 DESIGN FOR SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY 214
SC1 ACCESS TO VIEWS FROM WORK AREA 216
SC2 COMPATIBILITY OF URBAN AND FAÇADE DESIGN TO CULTURAL VALUES 218
SC3 SHASSIC 219
SC4 WORKFORCE FACILITIES 221
SC5 CONSTRUCTION IAQ MANAGEMENT 223
DP DEMOLITION AND DISPOSAL FACTORS

DP1 RESPONSIBLE SOURCING OF MATERIALS 225
DP2 DESIGN FOR DISASSEMBLY 227
DP3 REUSING EXISTING STRUCTURAL MATERIALS 229
DP4 RECYCLING OF DEMOLITION 231
IN SUSTAINABLE LOW CARBON INITIATIVES

IN1 MyCREST FACILITATOR 232
IN2 INNOVATION 233
EH ELECTIVE POINTS FOR HEALTHCARE BUILDINGS

HC1 CONNECTION TO THE NATURAL WORLD 247
HC2 EQUIPMENT AND MEDICAL EQUIPMENT EFFICIENCY 249
HC3 CONTROL & STRATEGIES TO REDUCE MOULD OCCURRENCE FOR 251
HEALTHCARE BUILDINGS
HC4 INDOOR LEISURE AREAS 253
HC5 DAYLIGHT & VIEWS : LIGHTING & CIRCADIAN RHYTMS 255
HC6 PBT SOURCE DECREASE – MERCURY IN LAMPS 257
APPENDIX 262
v
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
PRE DESIGN
POINT
PD1 MyCREST Sustainable and Carbon Reduction Targets PD 1 Ci
Description and Outline of MyCREST Sustainable and Carbon

1 Point
Reduction Targets in Any Form of Acceptable Evidence
Aims
To establish sustainable development and carbon reduction targets as one of the
fundamental goals of building design at the onset or initiation of the design process.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Incorporate sustainable building and carbon reduction objectives in a project’s brief or
design intent document such as Owner’s Project Requirements (OPR) document and/or
Project Brief document.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design and Construction Assessment:
1. Document the inclusion of sustainable development in the need statements and
targets in the project design intent document.
2. Develop the design intent document at the Integrated Design Process (IDP)
Charrette workshop early in the design or goal-setting process.
3. Establish strategies and goals that are quantifiable and performance-based.
Examples are as follows:
a. “The project should reduce energy consumption to 30% below the MyCREST
baseline…”
b. “The project should reduce water consumption to 20% below the MyCREST
baseline…”
c. “The project should demonstrate a reduction of embodied carbon by 10%
through the specification of materials and on-site practices during the
construction phase…”
4. Use the project design intent document as a basis for consultant and contractor
team selection, design criteria, and construction document.
1
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
PRE DESIGN
POINT
Initial Target of MyCREST Level and Estimation of MyCREST Green
PD2 PD 2 S
Budget
Outline of the Initial Target of MyCREST Level of Certification (Star

1 Point
Rating) and Estimation of MyCREST Green Cost
Aims
To clarify the level of sustainable implementation and to quantify carbon reduction
targets as part of the project goals. To state targets with respect to the MyCREST
certification system including the level of targeted “star” rating and the “green building
budget”. This point also assists projects in selecting and applying the best sustainable
strategies applicable to the project.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Produce documents such as an estimated green budget related to the level of
sustainable targets and rating levels. Incorporate the MyCREST budget in the total
construction cost independently. This can be in the form of project minutes or project
proposals.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
1. An estimated green budget with a breakdown of the cost related to the level of
rating and major criteria to be scored.
2. Preliminary MyCREST Scorecard.
3. MyCREST Certification Plan.
2
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
PRE DESIGN
POINT
PD3 Green Eco-Charrette PD 3 S
Green Eco-Charrette 1 Point
Aims
To develop a plan for incorporating green features in the project design under an
Integrated Design Process (IDP) and achieving a shared project vision throughout the
project in order to build both individual and group ownership of the project.
Requirements
1 POINT:
A charrette typically refers to a form of intensive design meeting. This involves gathering
multiple disciplines together as a group to brainstorm initial ideas and strategies to
achieve sustainable and carbon reduction goals. This session may range from half a day
to several days, depending on the size of the project.
Conduct at least one full day of the eco-charrette workshop with the project team that
includes the involvement of the client or client’s representative.
Justification
An integrated design process is central to the success of any green building project. The
initial eco-charrette, also known as the kick-off meeting, provides the foundation and
structure for a sustainable-based collaborative process to occur.
MyCREST rewards team efforts in facilitating the initial eco-charrette. The facilitator,
normally the “green” or sustainability facilitator or consultant should lead the charette
and explore the synergies and cost benefits of various design strategies brainstormed for
the project. There should be an effort to get consultants and others on board this
collaborative effort towards ensuring that the MyCREST building realises its fullest
potential. At the end of the charrette, not only the general direction and strategies of a
project are outlined, but also there are specific action items listed and the responsible
parties for all tasks required within each sub-criterion being attempted are identified.
As per MyCREST submittals, these will become the foundation of the kick-off sustainable
MyCREST brief and checklist of the project. They will be used by the project team to follow
through with each task throughout the duration of the project.
Approach & Strategy

As early as practicable and preferable before the schematic design, conduct at least
one full-day of an integrative design workshop with the project team.
3
MyCREST
The aim of the workshop is to initiate the project by engaging owners, staff, contractors,
user groups, and community groups on the benefits of green design and bringing them
into the design process at key points in the decision-making process.
Eco-charrettes are normally intensive sessions, ranging from a few hours to an entire day,
in which client representatives, architects, engineers, other consultants, and often users
gather to define the sustainable principles that will guide the design and to identify
potential synergies between different disciplines. It is part of the sustainable “integrated
design process”, which aims to bring all the affected parties together to collaboratively
brainstorm green design and low carbon strategies. Ideally, the integrated design
process should include contractors, cost estimators, and facilities staff in ensuring that
high-performance building systems and components are practical, durable, and cost-
effective. The process of giving everyone a chance to speak and share ideas changes
the team dynamic in positive ways.
An eco-charrette generally provides a venue to navigate potential pitfalls and better

understand conflicting priorities. In MyCREST, an eco-charrette should touch upon such
conflicting requirements, amongst others but not limited to:
1. Balancing the strategies between to increase daylight contribution to energy
savings and to reduce heat gain in a tropical climate.
2. Confirmation of areas which must be air conditioned and which can be left with
hybrid or natural ventilation and assisted by mechanical ventilation.
3. The target for energy efficiency and strategies that can combine design and
services in an effective manner.
4. Issues in stormwater management and rainwater harvesting.
5. W hether renewable energy will be implemented or feasible for the project.
The eco-charrette should end with a preliminary scoring strategy and list of strategies. The
duration of an eco-charrette and the level of technical detail will vary significantly
depending on the participants’ familiarity with sustainable measures. It should begin and
end with the value of sustainable and low carbon design for the organisation and then
consider the potential for green measures for the project. By the end, the goals
articulated in the eco-charrette become the touchstones of a project that can guide
the design as it moves ahead.
Carbon Calculator
None
4
MyCREST
Submittals
1. Minutes of the meeting of the eco-charrette, in addition to the requirements
above, must include the following:
a. Facilitator appointment, as every eco-charrette must have a facilitator.
b. List of attendees from multiple disciplines.
c. Identification of goals, barriers, and challenges with potential solutions.
2. Preliminary scorecard and potential strategies.
3. Target level of certification.
References, Standards, & Codes

1. American Institute of Architects (AIA). (2007). Eco-charrettes save resources,
build teams. Retrieved from
http://www.aia.org/aiaucmp/groups/secure/documents/pdf/aiap016388.pdf
2. U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC). (n.d.). High performance workshop or eco-
charrette. Retrieved from
http://www.usgbc.org/Docs/Archive/General/Docs5496.pdf
3. Green Building Services (GBS). (2009). Living building eco-charrette report.
Retrieved from
http://oregonsustainabilitycenter.files.wordpress.com/2009/06/osc_charrette_rep
ort_final-rev060409.pdf
4. NCI Charrette System, retrieved from
http://www.charretteinstitute.org/charrette.html
5. A handbook for planning and conducting charrettes for high-performance
projects. Retrieved from
http://apps1.eere.energy.gov/buildings/publications/pdfs/commercial_initiative/
33425rep.pdf
5
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
PRE DESIGN
POINT
PD4 Use of an Integrated Design Process PD 4 S
Implementation of an Integrated Design Process 1 Point
Aims
The aim is to establish and implement a multi-stakeholder collaborative goal-setting and
design process in order to maximise opportunities for integrative, cost-effective adoption
of green and low-carbon design and construction strategies.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Define and assemble an integrated design team including representation from all end-
user stakeholders, including (as applicable) owner representatives, facility manager,
engineering/maintenance personnel, architect, interior designer, landscape architect,
and construction manager or general contractor. Individuals may perform more than
one role for the team, which involves a minimum of five project team members from
different and multiple disciplines or can be from the disciplines stated in the list given in
Figure 1, including the owner or owner representative or as many as possible; OR
The integration of Building Information Modelling (BIM) systems in the design process.
Utilisation of BIM by at least three of the following project team members:

a. Project Manager.
b. Architect and Interior Designer.
c. Mechanical and Electrical.
d. Quantity Surveyor.
e. Facility Manager.
f. Contractor.
Justification
Integrated design leads to understanding the building as a set of interrelated and
interdependent systems in which a single design decision can trigger multiple systemic
improvements. An integrated design process, supported by guiding principles, is
instrumental in successfully developing and implementing cost-effective green building
strategies.
BIM or Building Information Modelling refers to the use of BIM software and an integrated
model to design, construct, and manage a construction project to completion. Today,
an increasing number of construction firms are relying on BIM. Low carbon design is best
served by an integrated design process with a holistic approach to all design and
construction disciplines. The adoption of BIM is in part based on its ability to facilitate an
integrated design. In MyCREST, the design and construction criteria and compliance rely
6
MyCREST
on improving building performance. Many of the BIM tools, including the energy use
modelling, provide better information on how design changes may affect building
performance than any traditional design tool.
Approach & Strategy

Project owners are encouraged to contractually apportion professional fees to create
specific line items for the Integrative Design Charette, subsequent monitoring, and follow-
up meetings. Integrative Design may benefit from re-apportioning the design fees to
provide a higher percentage early in the process, leading to stronger integration and
streamlining in subsequent design stages.
The utilisation of BIM for green design/strategies/processes towards green targets/low
carbon targets and objectives in MyCREST.
These can be defined as any of the following but not limited to:
a. Project Manager
To execute on the design, the project management software in BIM and simplify
tasks related to the construction phase. Project workbenches give users the ability
to monitor the number and type of the MyCREST criteria planned for a particular
project. From this view, the team members can prioritise which criteria are easiest
to obtain and which are the most difficult.
Create a database of best practices to help team members work on similar

projects or problems. This will help the team members to achieve a project goal
by preventing them from going back to rework a problem that someone else has
already solved. This will also aggregate best practices in a single database, which
can help improve the speed at which projects are completed since all team
members can easily look for solutions without having to go back to the drawing
board.
b. Architect and Interior Designer

This includes creating and layering multiple levels of information onto a 3 -D
building design. For instance, in addition to knowing the location and size of
something like a door frame, an architect can add information about where the
building materials were made, and what percentage of the materials came from
recycled content.
c. Facility Manager
Using BIM for Building Performance Monitoring and Verification has generated a
high level of interest in monitoring and performance verification by all
practitioners, providing evidence of the perceived potential in the value of BIM
tools during the operation and maintenance phase of a project. MyCREST
promotes efforts to capitalise on the data in the BIM model in order to monitor
building performance and verify how well the building actually performs
compared to the predictions during the design Assessment. This will not only help
improve energy efficiency but also assist designers to improve their use of models
to achieve more reliable outcomes in the future.
7
MyCREST
d. Contractors
BIM models can also provide more information to product manufacturers,
including allowing for greater use of prefabrication, which can eliminate waste
and make the construction process greener and faster. High profile, complex
projects normally involve a large number of customised products. BIM can create
a database of existing high-quality products that meet these demands, enabling
the team to add another layer of savings to the whole process and to the carbon
footprint.
Figure 1. Range of project team members and objectives of a project.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
1. Project organisation chart.
2. Role and responsibility matrix.
3. Development of a regular meeting schedule for the integrated design team to
continue refining the project’s sustainable design strategies throughout the design
process. Review strategies for synergies between systems and processors with the
goal of linking strategies into a larger design framework.
4. Project’s minutes of the meeting.
5. Softcopy of BIM modelling data.

1. Zimmerman, A. Integrated design process. Retrieved from http://www.cmhc-
schl.gc.ca/en/inpr/bude/himu/coedar/upload/Integrated_Design_GuideENG.p
df
2. International Initiative for Sustainable Built Environment. (2004). The integrated
design process. Retrieved from
http://iisbe.org/down/gbc2005/Other_presentations/IDP_overview.pdf
8
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
PRE DESIGN
POINT
Assessment of Environmental & Social impact of Development or
PD5 PD 5 S
Re-Development
Potential Environmental Impact of Development or Re-

1 Point
Development
Aims
To identify the potential environmental impact of the project and the surrounding area
that may be affected by the proposed development. This generally covers an EIA
assessment, which is typically part of the feasibility studies of a project.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Submit the assessment of environmental & social impact of the development or re-
development.
This assessment should include:

1. Ecology.
2. Habitat.
3. W ater bodies.
4. Social impact.
5. Noise and vibration.
6. Air.
Justification
Any new development or redevelopment has potential impacts—either negative or
positive—on the surrounding area be it on social, physical, or economy. These potential
impacts could be temporary or permanent either in the short or long term. The report will
also provide/suggest the mitigation efforts for all the potential impacts.
In 2017, DOE issued a new guideline known as “Environmental Essentials for Siting of
Industries in Malaysia (EESIM)”. This guideline, which is more comprehensive and
practical, is a useful reference in managing environmental issues in project development.
9
MyCREST
Approach & Strategy

1. Determine the impact a proposed development may have on the community’s
immediate environment.
2. Compile and review the existing community environmental management
standards and guidelines.
3. Assess the extent and significance of environmental impacts resulting from the
proposed development.
4. Evaluate the potential cumulative impacts associated with the proposed
development.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
An environmental report that includes:
1. Ecology.
2. Habitat.
3. W ater bodies.
4. Social impact.
5. Noise and vibration.
6. Air.

1. Environmental Quality Act 1974 and its amendment.
2. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA): Procedure and Requirement in Malaysia.
3. Environmental Quality Act (Prescribed Activities) (Environmental Impact
Assessment) Order 2015.
4. Section 34A of the Environmental Quality Act 1974 (Amendment 2000).
10
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
PRE DESIGN
POINT
PD6 Facilities Management Input in the Design Team PD 6 S
Facilities Management Input in the Design Team 1 Point
Aims
Facilities management (FM) has become a significant factor in the goal of achieving
robust, sustainable buildings throughout their life cycle. FM has a key role to play in the
eventual achievement of major criteria, key sustainability, and environmental targets in
both new and existing buildings. The aim of this sub-criterion is to involve the Facility
Manager as a design team member at the onset and initiation of a project.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Provision of Facility Management input during the development of the project design.
Justification
The Facility Manager plays an important role in sustainable practices including the ability
to link members from the strategic level with those from the operational level while
incorporating knowledge of FM and FM-related experience into the design of the
building.
The Facility Manager’s function in the design team is to represent the owner by assisting
the design team (i.e. Architect, Engineers and Quantity Surveyor) at the early design
stage so as to achieve:
1. A building/facility that is relatively easy to run, maintain, control, and manage
throughout its lifecycle.
2. The design of a building/facility that is more suited to the needs of the end-
users.
3. A design that incorporates FM knowledge and experience.
Approach & Strategy

Input can be obtained through engagement if the in-house/outsourced Facility
Manager or any relevant party has the experience and is familiar with FM activities.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Minutes of meetings that verify the involvement of representatives from the Facilities
Management Department.
11
MyCREST

1. Tatacara Pengurusan Aset Tak Teralih Kerajaan (TPATA).
2. Spesifikasi Teknikal Kontrak Pengurusan Fasiliti.
3. Manual Pengurusan Aset Menyuluruh (MPAM).
4. Sistem Pengurusan Kualiti JKR.
12
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
INFRASTRUCTURE AND SEQUESTRATION
POINT
IS Req1 Site Inventory Analysis on Greenery IS Req1 Cr
Site Inventory Analysis on Greenery Required
Aims
To document the existing environmental features and greenery, including the type of
existing vegetation on-site.
CALCULATOR PLANT INVENTORY
Requirements IS-INV01: SITE INVENTORY ANALYSIS ON GREENERY
REQUIRED:
Prepare a site inventory analysis and report of existing carbon sequestration elements on
the total existing greenery area and only on trees with a diameter of 4 inches (10 cm) or
above at breast height. The following information shall be included in the report:
1. Total area of existing greenery.
2. Scientific name/family/number of trees.
3. Trunk height.
4. Status and value(s) of the trees (endemic species, invasive species, timber species,
introduced species, native species, endangered species, and other related
information).
5. Total number of trees with a trunk diameter of more than 28 cm (11 inches) at
breast height.
6. Total number of trees with a trunk diameter of less than 28 cm (11) inches at breast
height.
Note:
For non-green filled areas, photographic evidence shall be submitted to prove the
current site condition in order to comply with this requirement.
Justification
Major elements of existing greenery on carbon absorption capabilities of a site are
related to the carbon storing characteristics of existing trees (particularly old, large trees)
and existing soil make-up of a site. In many cases, disturbing the existing greenery (such
as large trees) will destroy the carbon absorption or sequestration capabilities of a site
forever and cannot be replaced. For greenfield sites, a site inventory will assist the project
team to identify potential trees and resources that should not be disturbed and to
evaluate the existing natural resources, including the extent of flora and fauna, the green
area, and the targeted sub-criteria in MyCREST in relation to sequestration as shown in
Figure 2.
13
MyCREST
Figure 2. Measurement of plant diameter.
Approach & Strategy

The project team needs to produce a site inventory report and include t he existing site
photographic evidence. For greenfield projects, a certified botanist, horticulturist , or
landscape architect with a strong horticulture background is highly recommended. The
objective is to prepare a reasonable site inventory analysis that is able to document the
total existing greenery areas and trees.
Measurement of Tree Diameter

The measure of tree diameter of standing trees is called DIAMETER BREAST HIGH (DBH),
which is the diameter of the tree trunk at 1.5 meters above ground level. DBH is measured
outside the bark unless otherwise specified.
Plant Inventory
Refer: Inventory ID: IS-INV01:

Site Inventory Analysis on Greenery

Please input all sections which are relevant to the project.
Submittals
1. Report on-site inventory analysis, including a plant inventory sheet and
photographic evidence of existing trees.
14
MyCREST

1. Spesifikasi Bangunan JKR 2005.
2. Jabatan Perancangan Bandar dan Desa Semenanjung Malaysia. (2012). Garis
panduan perancangan pembangunan di kawasan bukit & tanah tinggi.
Kementerian Perumahan dan Kerajaan Tempatan.
3. Department of Irrigation and Drainage Malaysia. (2012). Urban stormwater
management manual for Malaysia – Manual saliran mesra alam (MSMA) 2nd
edition.
4. FFA Forestry, Measurement of Tree Diameter. (2010). Retrieved from
http://www.nmsu.edu/~nmffa/Documents/CDEs/2010%20Foresty%20Materials/M
easurement_of_Tree_Diameter.pdf
Sample Plant Inventory
15
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
IS1 Low-Carbon City Characteristics and Factors IS 1.1 Ci
1.1 Development within a Defined Urban Footprint 3 Points
Aims
To avoid the opening of new land and greenfield area.
Requirements
3 POINTS:
Construct a new building or renovate a building on a previously developed site wi th a
minimum density of 5,500 m² per acre net within 500 m radius. The density calculation
must include the area of the project being built.
Proximity is determined by drawing a 500 m radius around the building entrance on a site
map.
Calculation example:
500 m radius = 785,000 m² or 194 acres
Min. density = Total GFA of buildings within the radius ≥ 5,500 m²/acre
194 acres
Justification
A project within a defined urban footprint encourages the development to be planned
at an existing developed area and avoids new land development.
Approach & Strategy

During the site selection process, give priority to developing buildings within a previously
developed area.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
1. Density calculation.
2. Proximity is determined by drawing a 500 m radius around the main building
entrance on a site map.
3. Land use plan from the Local Authority (Pelan guna tanah kawasan).
16
MyCREST

panduan perancangan kejiranan hijau. Kementerian Perumahan dan Kerajaan
Tempatan.
2. Akta Perancang Bandar dan Desa 1976.
17
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
1.2 Urban Connectivity 2 Points
Aims
To reduce pollution and the impacts of carbon emission by the development arising from
the transportation sector.
Requirements
2 POINTS:
Locate the building within 800 meters of five (5) selections of basic services such as, but
not limited to, the list below. These services should be accessible via a pedestrian
walkway, if necessary.
1. Place of worship.
2. Bank.
3. Pharmacy.
4. Convenience grocery.
5. Post office.
6. Laundry.
7. Hardware store.
8. Supermarket.
9. School.
10. Library.
11. Daycare centre.
12. Senior care facility.
13. Beauty salon.
14. Hospital/clinics.
15. Community centre.
16. Park.
17. Night market.
Justification
Developing a project within walking distance to available basic amenities will encourage
people to walk, which will help reduce the CO2 impact.
Approach & Strategy

During the site selection process, give preference to sites that are within an urban area
with readily available basic amenities as depicted in Figure 3.1.
Carbon Calculator
None
18
MyCREST
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Submit the site plan showing the building location in connection to the above
basic services, indicating the covered walkways, pedestrian access, and other
connections like link bridges. Provide the legend for all available services. Refer
Figure 3.2.
2. Proximity is determined by drawing a 0.8 km radius around the main building
entrance on a site map.
Construction Assessment:
1. Submit the as-built site plan showing the building location in connection to the
above basic services, indicating the covered walkways, pedestrian access, and
other connections like link bridges. Provide the legend for all available services.

Tempatan.
2. Jabatan Landskap Negara. (2008). Garis panduan landskap negara 2008 Edisi 2.
3. Jabatan Landskap Negara. (2008). Panduan penanaman pokok teduhan.
Figure 3.1. Sample of amenities within the community zone.
19
MyCREST
Figure 3.2. Example of submittal which includes a “Distance to Project” analysis of each amenity
or facility to demonstrate the proximity of development within urban amenities.
20
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
1.3 Brownfield Development 1 Point
Aims
To lessen the strain on greenfield land and to promote the rehabilitation of previously
damaged land.
Requirement
1 POINT:
Utilise brownfield area for the development of the project and implement proper
measures such as neutralising a contaminated site and conducting a soil condition test
to ensure the safety of the site (if required).
Justification
Development on a brownfield area will reduce the opening of virgin land.
Approach & Strategy

Related sites are mainly industrial areas such as landfills, mines, and old factories. By
restoring damaged areas which were previously polluted, the disruption on greenfield
and untouched lands will be lessened.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
1. A report on the previous nature of the land, certified by an approved testing
laboratory.
2. An EIA report containing the level of contamination and proposed actions.

Tempatan.
2. Akta Perancangan Bandar dan Desa 1976.
3. Spesifikasi Bangunan JKR 2009.
4. Jabatan Perancangan Bandar dan Desa, Semenanjung Malaysia. (n.d.).
Rancangan Fizikal Negara. Kementerian Perumahan dan Kerajaan Tempatan.
5. Rancangan struktur negeri.
6. Rancangan tempatan.
21
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
IS2 Carbon Accounting on Site IS 2.1 Cr
2.1 Carbon Sequestration – Conservation of Trees with a

4 Points
Minimum Diameter of 28 cm (11 inches)
Aims
To increase carbon sequestration throughout the project lifecycle through greenery
strategies and the conservation of trees, and to reduce intrusion on the natural
environment.
CALCULATOR CALCULATOR
IS-CAL01: CARBON ACCOUNTING ON IS-CAL02: CARBON ACCOUNTING ON
SITE - DESIGN SITE - VERIFICATION
Requirements
Carbon sequestration conservation of trees ≥ 28cm (11 inches) by:
1 POINT:
Conserving more than 20 percent of trees with a trunk diameter larger than 28 cm (11
inches), OR
2 POINTS:
inches), OR
3 POINTS:
inches), OR
4 POINTS:
inches)
*Urban infill projects with no existing trees will not be able to score for carbon
conservation under this sub-criterion. Conservation of trees also includes the effort made
to re-locate the trees within the same site.
Justification
Trees have almost 350 million years of experience in sequestering carbon. Trees, like other
green plants, use photosynthesis to convert carbon dioxide (CO2) into sugar, cellulose,
and other carbon-containing carbohydrates that they use for food and growth. Trees are
unique in their ability to lock up large amounts of carbon in their wood and continue to
add carbon as they grow.
Although existing greenery and forest continuously release some CO2 from natural
processes such as decay and respiration, a healthy forest typically stores carbon at a
greater rate than it releases carbon. Saving trees and planting additional—particularly
22
MyCREST
large—trees are vital for this purpose. Additionally, the use of Smart Growth and green
infrastructure for developments could ultimately lead to better, low-carbon
development and communities where large and medium-sized trees produce multiple
benefits—such as lowering stormwater and urban heat island impacts—to realise multiple
and great contributions towards improving the environment.
Carbon sequestration rate varies greatly according to tree species, age of the tree,
density of tree, location, type of soil, and climate. Hence, the amount of CO2 sequestered
in a given tree/species can be roughly estimated. From the tree’s age (weight, diameter,
and height), we can obtain the yearly sequestration rate regardless of the type of
species, age, location, and composition. Therefore, the critical point in estimating the
sequestration rate is the trunk diameter. The coefficient for a trunk diameter of less than
11 inches is 0.25 compared to a trunk diameter of more than 11 inches, which is 0.15.
Even though the coefficient for trees with a trunk diameter of more than 11 inches is
lower, the total amount of carbon sequestration rate is greater.
Approach & Strategy

1. List, number, and location of the trees to be preserved, having a trunk diameter
at breast height of more than 11 inches.
2. Integration of shaded trees (height of tree ≥15 meter upon maturity) within 5
meters from the building perimeter helps to reduce the heat island effect on the
building.
Carbon Calculator
Refer: Calculator ID: IS-CAL01 Refer: Calculator ID: IS-CAL02

Carbon Accounting On Site - Carbon Accounting On Site -
Design Verification
Design Assessment Construction Assessment
The inputs for this calculator are:

1. Diameter.
2. Height.
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Tree inventory.
2. Earthwork plans.
3. Measurement plans showing the location of existing trees.
4. Tree-planting plan.
1. Site plan showing the location of existing trees being conserved.
2. Photographic evidence.
3. Calculation of the percentage of preserved trees.
23
MyCREST

1. Clark III, A., Saucier, J. R., & McNab, W . H. (1986). Total-tree weight, stem weight,
and volume tables for hardwood species in the Southeast. Research Division,
Georgia Forestry Commission.
3. Jabatan Landskap Negara. (2011). Dasar landskap negara. Kementerian
Perumahan dan Kerajaan Tempatan.
24
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
IS2 Carbon Accounting on Site IS 2.2-2.4 Cr
2.2 Carbon Sequestration – New Planting
2.3 Shaded Trees W ithin 5 Meters from the Building Parameter 6 Points
2.4 Produce Carbon Sequestration of Not Less Than 0.5 tCO2e
Aims
To increase carbon sequestration through greenery strategies on-site via the
conservation of existing trees and flora.
IS-CAL01: CARBON ACCOUNTING ON IS-CAL02: CARBON ACCOUNTING ON
SITE - DESIGN SITE - VERIFICATION
Requirements
2.2 Carbon Sequestration – New Planting
2 POINTS:
Conserve and restore greenery on-site including planting new vegetation
(native/adaptive) on 20% of the site area including the building footprint, with at least
10% from this percentage of planting consisting of trees measuring more than 28 cm in
diameter when fully mature, OR
3 POINTS:
Conserve and restore including planting new vegetation (native/adaptive) on 25% of
the site area including the building footprint, with at least 10% from this percentage of
planting consisting of trees measuring more than 28 cm in diameter when fully mature,
OR
4 POINTS:
Conserve and restore including planting new vegetation (native/adaptive) on 30% of
the site area including the building footprint, with at least 10% from this percentage of
planting consisting of trees measuring more than 28 cm in diameter when fully mature.
2.3 Shaded Trees Within 5 Meters from the Building Parameter

1 POINT:
Integration of shaded trees (height of tree ≥ 15 meters upon maturity) within 5 meters
from the building perimeter.
2.4 Produce Carbon Sequestration of Not Less Than 0.5 tCO2e

1 POINT:
Produce carbon sequestration of not less than 0.5 tCO 2e.
(Calculation excludes the existing conserved vegetation in IS2.1).
25
MyCREST
Justification
A social and environmental benefit of greenery is the extent to which it contributes to the
policy objective of reducing CO2 in the atmosphere by locking up carbon through
elements such as large trees with deep roots or any other strategies related to carbon
sequestration. Carbon stored in the greenery has a long-term effect on the climate, and
new plants provide benefits by accumulating carbon and keeping that carbon out of
the atmosphere.
Approach & Strategy

The project team must demonstrate that the project has strategies for ensuring that large
trees and greenery have been protected, restored, and/or replanted on a portion of the
site according to the threshold on greenery preservation, restoration, and/or replanting,
which must comply with the percentages stated above. Emphasis MUST be given to large
trees with the protected or restored area including greenery and vegetation, any water
bodies, or other existing ecosystems. The use of native or adapted species in landscaping
is a key aspect. If the site area is small in comparison to the building footprint/green
roof/roof garden/green walls, then green terraces can be included to achieve the
threshold (as shown in Figure 4).
Green roofs must provide a diversity of native or adaptive species that provide
ecological habitat. Extensive use of sedum monoculture and common turfgrass cannot
be accepted. The project must show that if they have no significant existing greenery on-
site, then effort must be made to add to the existing landscape and greenery through
native and adaptive vegetation. The project must undertake the following:
1. List, number, and location of the softscape elements, as detailed in landscape or
building design.
2. Calculation of the carbon sequestration rate.
3. Once established, the native/adapted plants require minimal or no irrigation; do
not require active maintenance including mowing or chemical inputs such as
fertilizers, pesticides, or herbicides; and provide habitat value and promote
biodiversity through the avoidance of monoculture planting.
Where possible, there must be efforts toward the following:

1. Integration of shaded trees (height of tree ≥15 meters upon maturity) within 5
meters from the building perimeter to help reduce the heat island effect that
occurs on the building. The minimum distance of the tree trunk shall be 5 meters,
taking into consideration the effect on landscape design and safety factor, i.e.,
creeping roots and the possibility of ruined branches.
2. Integration of bio-sequestration strategies at new slope areas.
Carbon Calculator
Refer: Calculator ID: IS-CAL01 Refer: Calculator ID: IS-CAL02

Carbon Accounting On Site - Carbon Accounting On Site -
Design Verification

26
MyCREST

1. Diameter.
2. Height.
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Landscape master plan showing the location of plants.
2. Calculation of carbon sequestration.
1. As-built landscape master plan showing the location of plants.
2. Calculation of carbon sequestration.

2. Jabatan Landskap Negara. (2011). Dasar landskap negara. Kementerian
Perumahan dan Kerajaan Tempatan
3. Jabatan Landskap Negara. (2008). Garis panduan landskap negara 2008 Edisi 2.
Figure 4. Natural slope and significance of existing vegetation diagram.
27
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
IS3 Environmental Management Plan (EMP) IS 3 Ci
Establish and Implement an Environmental Management Plan

3 Points
(EMP)
Aims
To establish and implement a comprehensive environmental management plan during
the construction period, including to reduce the pollution loads and to reduce the effects
of pollution on-site as a result of erosion and sedimentation produced during earthworks.
Requirements
3 POINTS:
Prepare an Environmental Management Plan and conduct a complete Erosion
Sedimentation Control Plan (ESCP) by:
1. Implementing the ESCP.
2. Implementing the EMP strategies including the monitoring of air quality by
controlling the generation of fumes, dust, and smoke on-site and providing noise
control measures on-site to reduce noise pollution; AND
Adhere to the requirements of MSMA, and attain the approval of the Department of
Irrigation and Drainage and related agencies.
Justification
The EMP is crucial as it specifies how to reduce the potential impacts of the proposed
development or redevelopment.
Approach & Strategy

1. Identify the aspects of and impacts on the environment at the planning stage to
systematically prepare the mitigation steps.
2. The mitigation steps taken must be monitored on their level of efficiency through
water, air, and noise monitoring.
3. Periodic audit by an environmental consultant is to be conducted every 3 months.
4. The ESCP must be prepared by the engineer before a project is initiated, especially
those involving on-site earthworks. It contains proposals for temporary works and
best management practices, which must be performed to avoid erosion and
sedimentation.
Carbon Calculator
None
28
MyCREST
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Project Environmental Management Plan.
1. Environmental Management Execution Report, including photographic evidence.

1. International Organisation for Standardisation. (2015). Environmental
management system (ISO 14001:2015).
2. Environmental Quality Act 1974 and its amendment.
edition.
29
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
IS4 Factors in Stormwater Management IS 4.1 Ci
4.1 Control of Stormwater Run-Off on Site 1 Point
Aims
To limit the destruction to natural stormwater capacities by reducing hardscape and
increasing on-site infiltration. Ensure that the post-development run-off discharge rate
and quantity are equal to or less than the pre-development run-off discharge rate and
quantity.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Implement target and strategies according to the Urban Stormwater Management
Manual for Malaysia or better known in Malaysia as Manual Saliran Mesra Alam (MSMA).
Implementation is based on the project case:
Case 1: Sites with Existing Imperviousness of 50% or less

Implement a stormwater management plan that prevents the post-development peak
discharge rate and quantity from exceeding the pre-development peak discharge rate
and quantity for 1 and 2 years 24-hour design storm.
Case 2: Sites with Existing Imperviousness Greater Than 50%

Implement a stormwater management plan that results in a 20% reduction in the volume
of stormwater run-off.
Justification
Uncontrolled stormwater run-off can cause overflows into rivers and lakes and contribute
to flash flooding. Control of stormwater run-off minimises and controls nuisance flooding
and provides safe passage of fewer frequent flood events as shown in Figure 5.
Approach & Strategy

The Urban Stormwater Management Manual for Malaysia was prepared by the
Department of Irrigation and Drainage Malaysia to replace the old Manual “Planning
and Design Procedures No.1: Urban Drainage Design Standards and Procedures for
Peninsular Malaysia”. The main focus of the Urban Stormwater Management Manual is
to manage stormwater instead of draining it away as fast as possible, according to a
more environmental approach known as the “control at source” approach.
This approach utilises detention/retention, infiltration, and purification processes. The

quality and quantity of the run-off from the developed area can be maintained to be
the same as the pre-development condition (as depicted in Figure 6).
30
MyCREST
Figure 5. The Impact on natural hydrology according to land cover in roads, buildings, and
parking lots.
Figure 6. Turfgrass cover in a watershed and the impact on biotic integrity in associated streams.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. MSMA calculation report.
2. Drainage plan according to MSMA.
1. As-built drainage plan drawing.
31
MyCREST

edition.
2. Department of Irrigation and Drainage Malaysia. (1975). Planning and design
procedures no. 1: Urban drainage design standards and procedures for Peninsular
Malaysia.
3. Keperluan pihak berkuasa tempatan.
32
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
IS4 Factors in Stormwater Management IS 4.2 Ci
4.2 Stormwater Design – Quality 1 Point
Aims
To ensure the quality of run-off into receiving water bodies and streams through efforts to
implement the best management practices in ensuring reduced pollution impact to the
stormwater.
Requirement
I POINT:
Implement the Urban Stormwater Management Manual for Malaysia:
Implement a stormwater management plan that reduces impervious cover, promotes

infiltration, and captures and treats the stormwater run-off from 90% of the average
annual rainfall using acceptable best management practices (BMPs).
MyCREST requires that the BMPs used to treat the run-off must be capable of removing
80% of the average annual post-development of the total suspended solids (TSS).
Justification
Rainfall in urbanised areas washes contaminants from the atmosphere, and the resultant
run-off washes materials accumulated on the surface into a stormwater system.
Stormwater management for quality minimises the environmental impact of urban run-
off on water quality.
Approach & Strategy

This point can be achieved with non-structural or structural stormwater management
measures (or both) to minimise impervious areas. Since impervious surfaces such as
parking lots, roads, buildings, and compacted solid do not allow rain to infiltrate into the
ground, more run-offs are generated than in an undeveloped condition.
These additional run-offs can erode watercourses (streams and rivers) as well as cause
flooding and pollution after the stormwater collection systems are overw helmed by
additional flows.
Pollutants enter surface waters during precipitation events. Daily human activities result
in the deposition of pollutants on roads, gardens, roofs, greenery, urban spaces, and
agricultural land, etc. W hen it rains—or irrigation occurs—water runs off and ultimately
makes its way into a river, lake, or the ocean. W hile there is some attenuation of the
pollutants before entering the receiving waters, the quantity of human activity results in
large enough quantities of pollutants to impair these receiving waters.
33
MyCREST
The BMPs are used to refer to both structural or engineered control devices and systems
(e.g. retention ponds) to treat polluted stormwater and operational or procedural
practices. There are many forms of stormwater management and BMPs, including:
1. Manage stormwater to control flooding and erosion.
2. Manage and control hazardous materials to prevent the release of pollutants into
the environment (source control).
3. Plan and construct stormwater systems, so contaminants are removed before they
pollute surface waters or groundwater resources.
4. Acquire and protect natural waterways where they still exist or can be
rehabilitated.
Due to the emphasis on greenery and carbon capture mechanisms and strategies,
MyCREST encourages a strategic focus on or the inclusion of non-structural or natural
mechanisms including "soft" structures such as ponds, swales, or wetlands to work with
existing or "hard" drainage structures such as pipes and concrete channels.
Traditional stormwater management design has focused on collecting stormwater in

piped networks and transporting it off-site as quickly as possible, either directly to a stream
or river, to a large stormwater management facility (basin), or to a combined sewer
system flowing to a wastewater treatment plant.
Currently, in line with MASMA’s low impact development (LID), wet weather green
infrastructure is encouraged through a variety of techniques, including strategic site
design, measures to control the sources of run-off, and thoughtful landscape planning.
This includes a more green approach rather than the traditional stormwater
management which deals mainly with conveying the excess run-off through a drainage
system to the nearest waterway.
The current MASMA and sustainable stormwater management approach that is evolving
essentially aims to integrate stormwater infrastructure planning with greener approaches
to address the impacts of rainwater and stormwater run-off. These include suitable
measures using BMPs such as bio-retention areas, grass swales, rainwater harvesting,
permeable pavements, and green roof in a stormwater management plan.
At the master plan level, strategies such as wetlands and ponds or vegetative strip are in
line with this approach. Constructed wetland is a man-made system that involves altering
the existing terrain to simulate wetland conditions. They primarily attempt to replicate the
treatment that has been observed to occur when polluted water enters the natural
wetland. This wetland has been seen to purify water by removing organic compounds
and oxidizing ammonia, reducing nitrates, and removing phosphorus. The mechanisms
are complex and involve bacterial oxidation, filtration, sedimentation, and chemical
precipitation.
Most constructed wetlands attempt to imitate the ecosystem’s biochemical function as

filtration and cleansing agents, followed closely by the hydrological function that is
centred on flood mitigation. The use of constructed wetlands to treat urban surface run-
34
MyCREST
off and to remove nutrients from diverse sources in rural catchments has received much
attention lately. Thus, wetlands are essentially the filtering area, the “kidneys” of the
catchment, intercepting water flow, trapping sediment and pollutants, removing toxic
substances (pesticides, herbicides, metals), and assimilating nutrients and energy derived
from the upstream catchment area (Refer Figure 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3).
Structural Measures
Structural measures, such as rainwater collection system, manhole treatment devices,
and ponds, can be used to remove pollutants in run-off from impervious areas. In some
cases, this water can be reused for irrigation or building flush fixtures. Structural measures
can be used on urban or constrained sites and make it possible to effectively clean the
run-off with minimal space allocation and land use. For existing sites with greater than
50% imperviousness, structural techniques may include restoring and repairing
deteriorated storm sewers or separating combined sewers.
Stormwater Management Plan

The best way to minimise stormwater run-off volume and treatment requirements is to
reduce the amount of impervious area and increase infiltration. Strategies to minimise or
mitigate impervious surfaces and increase infiltration may include using pervious paving
materials, harvesting stormwater for reuse in irrigation and indoor non -potable water
applications, designing infiltration swales and retention ponds, planting vegetated filter
strips, installing vegetated roofs, and clustering development to reduce paved su rfaces
such as roads and sidewalks.
If the project uses structural controls, confirm that the equipment can accommodate at
least 90% of the annual rainfall volume.
If the project uses both structural and non-structural measures, each of which is designed
to handle less than 90% of the annual rainfall volume, describe how the measures work
together to satisfy the requirements of this credit.
In addition, the BMPs used in the project must be capable of removing 80% of the
average annual post-development load of total suspended solids, based on existing
monitoring reports as exhibited in Table 1.
35
MyCREST
Table 1: Management Practices for Removing Total Suspended Solids from Run-Off
Average
Probable
TS
Range of Factors to Consider
Removal TSS
Removal
Effectiveness of Management Practices for Total Suspended Solids Removal from
Runoff
Soil percolation rates, trench
Infiltration Basin 75% 50–100%
surface area, storage volumes
Soil percolation rates, trench
Infiltration Trench 75% 50–100%
surface area, storage volumes
Runoff volume, slop, soil
Vegetated Filter Strip 65% 40–90%
infiltration rate
Runoff volume, slop, soil
Grass Swale 60% 20–40% infiltration rate, vegetative cover,
buffer length
Porous Pavement 90% 60–90% Percolation rates, storage volume
Open Grid Pavement 90% 60–90% Percolation rates
Sand Filter Infiltration Treatment volume, filtration
80% 60–90% media
Basin
Maintenance, sedimentation
W ater Quality Inlet 35% 10–35%
storage volume
W ater Quality Inlet with Sedimentation storage volume,
80% 70–90%
Sand Filter depth of filter media
Sedimentation storage volume,
Oil/Grit Separator 15% 10–25%
outlet configuration
Extended Detention Dry Storage volume, detention time,
45% 5–90% pond shape
Pond
W et Pond 60% 50–90% Pool volume, pond shape
Extended Detention Wet Pool volume, pond shape,
80% 50–90% detention time
Pond
Storage volume detention time,
Constructed Stormwater pool shape, wetland’s biota,
65% 50–90%
W etlands seasonal variation
ADVANCES IN H
ADVANCES INYDRO -SCIENCE
HYDRO -SCIENCE ANDE
AND ENGINEERING, ,VVOLUME
NGINEERING OLUMEVI
VI 9 9
Figure 7.1. Example of ponds including wetland (swale and wet pond).
36
Figure
M yCREST © 2020 Reference 66 Dry
FigureGuide
Dry Ponds
Ponds
Design and Construction Stage
MyCREST
Figure 7.2. Example of ponds including wetland (dry pond).
Figure 7.3. Example of ponds including wetlands.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Project report and calculation on stormwater as per the requirement of MSMA.
2. Drainage plan and on-site detention pond according to the requirement of
MSMA.
1. As-built drainage drawing plan and on-site detention pond.
References, Standards, and Codes

edition.
37
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
IS4 Factors in Stormwater Management IS 4.3 Cr
4.3 Integration of Carbon Sequestration Strategies 1 Point
Aims
To enhance stormwater strategies to contribute to the urban landscape or increase the
greening of the environment. To focus on natural non-structural practices rather than
structural BMPs.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Implement natural strategies such as bio-swales, the use of soil with significant infiltration
rate to promote natural infiltration, rain gardens, increased wetlands, and other related
strategies in landscape and greenery elements.
Justification
Apart from enhancing the stormwater quality, integrating carbon sequestration
strategies into a stormwater management plan helps to capture the carbon dioxide in
the atmosphere.
Approach & Strategy

Reducing hardscape, designing a smaller design footprint, increasing landscaping area
using natural swales, and preserving natural site features are amongst the cost-effective
methods for promoting natural infiltration and carbon sequestration. However, it must be
noted that these natural strategies require periodic and regular maintenance. Include
increased landscape area and incorporating more water bodies, lake, and wetland as
the storage and purifier of stormwater (Refer Figure 8.1 and 8.2).
Figure 8.1. Enhanced landscaping and buffer zone in stormwater strategies.
38
MyCREST
Figure 8.2. Enhanced landscaping and buffer zone in stormwater strategies.
Carbon Calculator
All calculations for this sub-criterion All calculations for this sub-criterion
contribute to: Calculator ID: IS-CAL01 contribute to: Calculator ID: IS-CAL02
Carbon Accounting On Site - Design Carbon Accounting On Site - Verification
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Landscape/bio-swales/rain garden drawing.
1. As-built landscape/bio-swales/rain garden drawing.

edition.
3. State of Oregon Department of Environmental Quality. (2003). Biofilters for
stormwater discharge pollution removal - Bioswales, vegetative buffers &
constructed wetlands.
39
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
IS5 Low-Carbon Transport Factors IS 5.1 Ci
5.1 Accessible Public Transport – Bus Line & Railway Station 1 Point
Aims
To reduce pollutions and impacts of development arising from the transportation sector.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Locate building within 800 meters of a railway station; OR
Locate building within 400 meters of public bus lines or bus stop ; OR
Provide a shuttle link which permits access to transportation between the building and
public transport to meet the requirements above.
Justification
Developing a project within public transportation stops will encourage people to use the
public transport available within the area for commuting to work or leisure.
Approach & Strategy

1. Verify that public transportation is available and meet the requirements.
2. Existing transportation networks are managed to minimise the construction of new
transportation lines. Sidewalks, paths, and walkways are provided to access mass
transit stops.
3. Public transportation link service providers are engaged within the commun ities.
4. Transit nodes are defined as public transportation services (rail station or bus
station) that are located within 400 to 800 meters of the transit stops for public use.
This criterion aims to encourage public use, increase ridership, and promote
mixed-use development and pedestrian systems. This will reduce the need for
private vehicle use and indirectly reduce carbon emissions in the long term. In a
sustainable development, transit nodes improve social interaction and highlight
pedestrian and transit-oriented development.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
Site plan displaying the building location and distance in connection to public
transportation services.
40
MyCREST
Photographic evidence.

1. Kementerian Tenaga, Teknologi Hijau dan Air (MESTECC). (2011). Low carbon cities
– Framework and assessment system (LCCF).
Tempatan.
41
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
5.2 Accessible Public Transport – Covered Pedestrian W alkway 1 Point
Aims
To encourage and promote walkability and a healthy lifestyle, and to ensure comfort
and ease of access to public transport elements, including transit nodes and stations.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Provide covered pedestrian walkways to encourage pedestrians to walk from transit
nodes such as a bus stop or a railway station to the entrance of a building.
Justification
To provide facilities that will encourage more people to move from one place to another
by walking. In hot and wet conditions, it is better to cover the pedestrian walkway.
Approach & Strategy

Sheltered pedestrian walkway with structured shading, i.e., trellis or pre-arranged shaded
trees or combinations, sheltering at least 70% of the walkway as illustrated in Figure 9.1
and 9.2.
Figure 9.1. Example of a sheltered pedestrian walkway.
42
MyCREST
Figure 9.2. Example of a sheltered pedestrian walkway.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Site plan showing the covered walkway line from the bus stop to the building
entrance and detail drawing of the covered walkway.
1. As-built site plan drawing, showing the covered walkway line from the bus stop or
railway station to the building entrance.

Tempatan.
2. Shojaei, S. & Kamal, M. (2012). Preferences for pedestrian walkways in tropical
urban neighbourhoods of Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. Journal of Environmental
Research and Development, 6(3).
3. Doyle, S., Kelly-Schwartz, A., Schlossberg, M., & Stockard, J. (2006). Active
community environments and health: the relationship of walkable and safe
communities to individual health. Journal of the American Planning Association,
72(1), 19-31.
4. Taylor, B. D., Iseki, H., Miller, M. A., & Smart, M. J. (2009). Thinking outside the bus:
Understanding user perceptions of waiting and transferring in order to increase
transit use. California PATH Program, Institute of Transportation Studies, University of
California at Berkeley.
5. Leather, J., Fabian, H., & Gota, S. (2011). W alkability and pedestrian facilities in
Asian cities state and issues.
43
MyCREST
6. Leyden, K. M. (2003). Social capital and the built environment: the importance of
walkable neighbourhoods. American journal of public health, 93(9), 1546-1551.
7. Galingan, Z. C., Alcazaren, P. G., Ramos, G. C., & Santos, R. B. (2009). Pedestrian-
friendly streetscape in a tropical business district. MUHON: A Journal of
Architecture, Landscape Architecture, and the Designed Environment, 1(3), 9-15.
44
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
5.3 Low-Emission Vehicle Designated Parking 1 Point
Aims
To contribute to limiting greenhouse gas emission and environmental impacts arising from
private car usage.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Designate 5% of the total parking bays provided in the project as designated parking lots
for carpooling and low-emission vehicles (electric/hybrid/gas/biofuel). Signage
(signboards, painted signs, etc.) must be provided and placed clearly at the parking lots.
Justification
In MyCREST, this will help developers to provide such facilities. Using
hybrid/electric/biodiesel transport will significantly reduce the emission of CO2 as
depicted in Figure 10.1.
Approach & Strategy

1. The designated parking location must be nearby the building entrance or
staircase lobby.
2. Provide signage for the designated parking (as shown in Figure 10.2).
Figure 10.1. Promoting low-emission vehicles by providing designated parking in each parking
lot.
45
MyCREST
Figure 10.2. Promoting low-emission vehicles by providing designated parking in each parking
lot.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Detailed building plan with parking bays marked as specified bays for low-emission
vehicles.
2. Calculation of the total parking bays for low-emission vehicles.
1. As-built site plan drawing, indicating the specified bays for low-emission vehicles.

None
46
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
IS6 Urban Heat Island Mitigation IS 6.1 Cr
6.1 Heat Island Mitigation – Roof/ W all 2 Points
Aims
To reduce the long-term effect of urban heat island (UHI) by reducing heat absorption
through roof/ wall surfaces.
IS-CAL03: URBAN HEAT ISLAND IS-CAL04: URBAN HEAT ISLAND
MITIGATION - DESIGN MITIGATION - VERIFICATION
Requirements
SRI for Roof
1 POINT:
At least 80% of the roof area uses materials with ≥ 29 SRI for roofs which are > 23°, and
materials with ≥ 78 SRI for flat roofs which are > 4°.
Use roofing materials with a Solar Reflectance Index (SRI) equal to or greater than the
values in the table below for a minimum of 75% of the roof surface.
Green Roof/Wall
1 POINT:
At least 50% of the flat roof area is prepared for shady trees or non-intensive landscaping
comprising grassy area or shrubs; OR
At least 20% of the total façade area must be designed as a landscaped wall.
Justification
Absorption and retention of solar energy are increased by low SRI surfaces. W hen the
ambient temperature gets cooler, the retained solar energy is radiated to the
atmosphere, resulting in warmer temperatures under urban conditions and landscapes.
These landscapes have large areas of constrained surfaces of low reflectance. This
phenomenon is known as the “heat island effect”. It can be minimised by using shading
or reflective surfaces of increased temperature in an urban landscape and through
evaporate-transpiration by fauna. This is achieved by further planting trees, low-level
greenery, or through strategically planned landscaping.
Approach & Strategy

SRI for Roof
During the material selection process, a catalogue and technical information should be
presented along with the SRI table as evidence that the air pocket system used has met
the stated specifications as shown in Table 2.
47
MyCREST
Green Roof/Wall
For green roof and walls design, the installation cost should be considered during the
planning and designing stage. Consultation by expert landscape architects or
horticulture experts is needed if the designer is less experienced with the suitable plant
materials and techniques as illustrated in Figure 11 for green roof and Figure 12 for green
wall.
Choosing a plant material from native plants is encouraged so as to reduce the

maintenance costs. A landscape maintenance manual should be prepared as a guide
to building owners or supervisors in maintaining the green roof and walls.
Table 2: Determine the SRI for Roof in Each Construction
Figure 11. Vegetated roof for at least 30% of the roof area.
48
MyCREST
Carbon Calculator
Green Roof/Wall
Refer: Calculator ID: IS-CAL03: Refer: Calculator ID: IS-CAL04:

Urban Heat Island Mitigation - Urban Heat Island Mitigation -
Design Verification

1. Diameter.
2. Height.
3. Grass area, if any (in m2).
Submittals
Design Assessment:
SRI for Roof
1. Catalogue with SRI table for roof material.
2. Roof area calculation.
3. Roof plan.
Green Roof/Wall
1. Roof conceptual design.
2. Detail drawing of the landscape approach.
SRI for Roof
1. Catalogue with SRI table for roof material.
2. Roof area calculation.
3. As-built roof plan.
Green Roof/Wall
1. Roof’s conceptual design.
2. Detail drawing of the landscape approach.

1. Rossi, F., Cotana, F., Filipponi, M., Nicolini, A., Menon, S., & Rosenfeld, A. (2013).
Cool roofs as a strategy to tackle global warming: economical and technical
opportunities. Advances in Building Energy Research, 7(2), 254–268.
2. Akbari, H., & Rose, L. S. (2008). Urban surfaces and heat island mitigation potentials.
Journal of the Human-Environment System, 11(2), 85–101.
3. Urban, B., & Roth, K. (2010). Building Technologies Program - Guidelines for
selecting cool roofs.
49
MyCREST
Sample Calculators
50
MyCREST
Figure 12. Example of a green wall.

51
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
IS6 Urban Heat Island Mitigation IS 6.2 Cr
6.2 Heat Island Mitigation – Non-Roof 2 Points
Aims
To reduce heat absorption in order to decrease the impact on the atmosphere for
occupants as well as on the surrounding flora and fauna.
IS-CAL03: URBAN HEAT ISLAND IS-CAL04: URBAN HEAT ISLAND
MITIGATION - DESIGN MITIGATION - VERIFICATION
Requirements
SRI for Non-Roof
1 POINT:
Implement one or more strategies for 55% of site roads/sidewalks/courtyards/parking lots
from the list below:
1. Light colour or non-asphalt surfaces surrounding the building.
2. Shade (within 5 years of residence).
3. W alkway materials with a Solar Reflectance Index (SRI) of at least 29.
4. Grass paved area.
Provision of Grass Paved Car Park

1 POINT:
Incorporate a grassy paved system covering 60% of the external car park area.
Justification
Absorption and retention of solar energy are increased due to dark coloured paved
areas and constructed surfaces. W hen the ambient temperature gets cooler, the
retained solar energy is radiated to the atmosphere, resulting in warmer temperatures in
urban landscapes. These landscapes have large areas of constrained surfaces of low
reflectance. This phenomenon is called the “heat island effect”.
Approach & Strategy

1. Shade constructed surfaces of the site with landscape features (as shown in Figure
13).
2. Utilise high reflective materials for roads or pavement (as shown in Figure 14).
3. Consider replacing constructed surfaces (roof, roads, and sidewalks) with
vegetated surfaces such as grass pavers (as shown in Figure 15).
4. Open grid paving.
5. Specify high albedo materials to reduce heat absorption.
52
MyCREST
Figure 13. Shade within 5 years of occupancy.
Figure 14. Paving materials with SRI of at least 29.
Figure 15. Open grid pavement system for the parking area.
53
MyCREST
Carbon Calculator
Provision of Grass Paved Car Park
Refer: Calculator ID: IS-CAL03: Refer: Calculator ID: IS-CAL04:

Urban Heat Island Mitigation Urban Heat Island Mitigation
- Design - Verification
The input for this calculator is:

Grass area (in m²).
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. A site plan, showing the proposed pavement and grass paved area.
2. Landscape drawing.
3. Calculation showing compliance with the requirement.
1. As-built site plan showing the proposed pavement and grass paved area.
2. As-built landscape drawing.

1. Rosenfeld, A. H., Akbari, H., Romm, J. J., & Pomerantz, M. (1998). Cool communities:
Strategies for heat island mitigation and smog reduction. Energy and Buildings
1998, 28, 51–62.
2. Asaeda, T., Ca, V. T., & W ake, A. (1996). Heat storage of pavement and its effect
on the lower atmosphere. Atmospheric Environment, 30(3), 413–427.
54
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
IS7 Control of External Light Spill and Brightness IS 7 S
Compliance with the Requirements for Interior and Exterior

1 Point
Lighting for Light Spill and Brightness
Aims
To minimise light trespass from the building and site, reduce sky-glow to increase night sky
access, improve night time visibility through glare reduction, and reduce development
impact on natural environments.
Requirements
1 POINT:
The project team must comply with the requirement for exterior lighting.
For exterior lighting:

Light areas only as required for safety and comfort. Exterior lighting power densities shall
not exceed those specified in ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1 for the documented
lighting zone. Justification shall be provided for the selected lighting zone. Lighting
controls for all exterior lightings shall comply with section 9.4.1.3 of ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA
Standard 90.1, without amendments.
Classify the project under one (1) of the following zones, as defined in IESNA RP-33, and
follow all the requirements for that zone:
1. LZ1: Dark (developed areas within national parks, state parks, forest land, and rural
areas)
Design exterior lighting so that all site and building-mounted luminaires produce a
maximum initial luminance value of no greater than 0.01 horizontal and vertical
foot candles (0.1 horizontal and vertical lux) at the MyCREST project boundary and
beyond. Document that 0% of the total initial designed fixture lumens (sum total
of all fixtures on site) is emitted at the angle of 90 degrees or higher from nadir
(straight down).
2. LZ2: Low (primarily residential zones, neighbourhood districts, light industrial areas
with limited night time use, and residential mixed-use areas)
no greater than 0.01 horizontal foot candles (0.1 horizontal lux) 3 meters (10 feet)
beyond the project boundary. Document that no more than 2% of the total initial
designed fixture lumens (sum total of all fixtures on site) are emitted at the angle
of 90 degrees or higher from nadir (straight down).
55
MyCREST
3. LZ3: Medium (all other areas not included in LZ1, LZ2, or LZ4, such as
commercial/industrial, and high-density residential)
foot candles (2.0 horizontal and vertical lux) at the project boundary and no
greater than 0.01 horizontal foot candles (0.1 horizontal lux) 4.5 meters (15 feet)
beyond the site. Document that no more than 5% of the total initial designed
fixture lumens (sum total of all fixtures on site) are emitted at the angle of 90
degrees or higher from nadir (straight down).
4. LZ4: High (high-activity commercial districts in major metropolitan areas)

no greater than 0.01 horizontal foot candles (0.1 horizontal lux) 4.5 meters (15 feet)
beyond the site. Document that no more than 10% of the total initial designed
fixture lumens (sum total of all fixtures on site) are emitted at the angle of 90
degrees or higher from nadir (straight down).
LZ2, LZ3, and LZ4 – For project boundaries that abut public rights-of-way, light
trespass requirements may be met relative to the curb line instead of the MyCREST
project boundary.
5. For all zones

Luminance generated from a single luminaire placed at the intersection of a
private vehicular driveway and public roadway accessing the site is allowed to
use the centreline of the public roadway as the MyCREST project boundary for a
length of 2 times the driveway width is centred at the centreline of the driveway.
a. The requirement to use ASHRAE Addenda is unique to this credit and does not
obligate project teams to use ASHRAE-approved addenda for other credits.
b. To be in LZ4, the area must be so designated by organisations with local
jurisdiction, such as the local zoning authority.
Justification
Excessive light pollution has been known to reduce the enjoyment of night sky and to
affect the ecology of the site. Particularly for projects located in suburban or rural
locations, the brightness of external lights and buildings can cause the ecological system
to be disturbed in terms of day and nocturnal patterns of living and sleeping of fauna in
the environment. To reduce light pollution that can block our view of the night sky and
cause human health problems as well as ecological problems for many birds, insects,
and other animals. Light pollution often represents night time lighting that is not
necessary, wasting energy while causing light trespass and contrast, thus reducing
visibility.
56
MyCREST
To achieve safe, efficient, and aesthetically pleasing lighting design, projects must aim
for lighting uniformity, low contrast, no glare, and preventing light from spilling off the site.
This can be achieved through judicious selection of fixtures with full cut -off that direct
light towards the ground but prevent it from shining up into the night sky.
Hence, the aim of this sub-criterion is to minimise light trespass from the building and site,
reduce sky-glow to increase night sky access, improve night-time visibility through glare
reduction, and reduce development impact from lighting on nocturnal environments.
Approach & Strategy

Adopt site lighting criteria to maintain safe light levels while avoiding off-site lighting and
night sky pollution. Minimise site lighting where possible, and use computer software to
model the site lighting. Technologies to reduce light pollution include full cut -off
luminaires, low-reflectance surfaces, and low-angle spotlights.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Provide exterior lighting drawings with lighting fixtures as installed.
2. Submit the Lux Level Report.
1. As-built exterior lighting drawings.
2. Lux measurement report for exterior lighting.

1. Hamidi, Z. S., Abidin, Z. Z., Ibrahim, Z. A., & Shariff, N. N. M. (2011, June). Effect of
light pollution on night sky limiting magnitude and sky quality in selected areas in
Malaysia. In 2011 3rd International Symposium & Exhibition in Sustainable Energy &
Environment (ISESEE) (pp. 233-235). IEEE.
2. Bashiri, F. (2014). Light pollution and its effect on the environment. International
Journal of Fundamental Physical Sciences (IJFPS), 4(1), 8-12.
3. Cheung, C. (20 March 2013). Light pollution in Hong Kong “worst on the planet".
South China Morning Post. Retrieved 6 April 2013.
4. Scheling, L. (2007). Ecological Consequences of Artificial Night Lighting. Natural
Areas Journal, 27(3), 281–282.
5. Rich, C., & Longcore, T. (Eds.). (2013). Ecological consequences of artificial night
lighting. Island Press.
57
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
IS8 Environmental Impact from Construction Activity IS 8 Ci
8.1 Proper Timing of Erosion and Sedimentation Control Strategies
with Respect to Monsoon Season and Confine Construction
Activity 3 Points
8.2 Proper Implementation of Staging and Spill Prevention Plan
8.3 Implementation of Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan
Aims
To optimise the conservation and utilisation of resources (land, water, natural habitat,
and energy), reduce site disruption due to laying, maintain ecology, and to preserve the
existing landscape and protect it from degradation during the process of construction .
Requirements
Ensure proper timing of erosion and sedimentation control strategies; preservation of top
soil; implementation of staging and spill prevention; and effective erosion and
sedimentation control.
IS 8.1 Proper Timing of Erosion and Sedimentation Control Strategies with Respect to
Monsoon Season and Confine Construction Activity
1 POINT:
Proper timing of erosion and sedimentation control strategies with respect to rain , and
confine construction activity to pre-designated areas.
IS 8.2 Proper Implementation of Staging and Spill Prevention Plan

1 POINT:
Proper implementation of staging and spill prevention plan.
IS 8.3 Implementation of Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan

1 POINT:
Effective erosion and sedimentation control to prevent erosion.
Justification
The construction and application of erosion control measures include the protection of
slopes of greater than 10%. Sedimentation collection systems, drainage systems, and run-
off diversion systems shall be in place before the commencement of construction
activity.
The staging area divides the construction area into two or more sections to minimise the
area of soil that will be exposed at any time. Staging should be done to separate an
undisturbed land from land disturbed by construction activity and material storage.
Measures should be followed for collecting drainage water run-off from the construction
areas and material storage sites, and diverting water flow away from such polluted areas.
Temporary drainage channels and perimeter swale should be constructed to carry the
pollutant water directly to the treatment device or facility (municipal sewer line). The plan
58
MyCREST
should indicate how the above was accomplished on -site in advance of the
commencement of the construction activity.
Spill prevention and control plans should clearly state the measures to contain spills and
to dispose of contaminated material and hazardous wastes. It should also state the
designation of personnel trained to prevent and control spills, cleaners, and petroleum
products.
Approach & Strategy

1. Ensure proper timing for the construction activity to minimise site disturbance such
as soil pollution due to spilling of the construction material and materials mixing
with rainwater; AND
2. Specify and limit construction activity in pre-planned/designated areas. (1 Point)
3. Use staging and spill prevention and control plan to restrict the spilling of
contaminated materials on site.
4. Protect the top soil from erosion. Use collection storage and re-application of the
top soil, sediment basin, contour trenching, mulching, and soil stabilisation
methods to protect the top soil from erosion during construction as shown in Figure
16.
5. Effective erosion and sedimentation control to prevent erosion – ESCP must be
prepared by the engineer before a project is initiated, especially those that
involve on-site earthworks. The ESCP contains proposals for temporary works and
best management practices that must be performed to avoid erosion and
sedimentation as shown in Figure 17.
Figure 16. Silt fence and earth drain for slope surface run-off control.
59
MyCREST
Figure 17. Silt fence in sediment basin for ease of maintenance.
Timing of Construction – The construction and application of erosion control measures

include the protection of slopes of greater than 10⁰. Sedimentation collection systems,
drainage systems, and run-off diversion systems shall be in place before the
commencement of the construction activity.
Preservation of existing soil and vegetation – Preservation and protection of existing soil
and vegetation by non-disturbance of specified site areas during construction is
recommended. This practice enables the retention of fully-grown mature trees and also
reduces avoidable erosion of bare soil due to the exposure to climate and human
intervention during construction (as depicted in Figure 18 and 19).
Figure 18. Silt trap failure due to poor maintenance and under-designed silt traps.
60
MyCREST
Figure 19. Land degradation as a result of a landslide.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Erosion and sedimentation control plan.
2. A drawing showing the site plan of existing and proposed buildings, existing
vegetation and slopes, and drainage pattern. Demarcate areas on the site plan
to which site activities will be limited.
1. A work programme incorporating the weather forecast and related work plan
during rain.
2. Certificate of architect in prescribed format confirming the proper timing of
construction.
3. Site plan details of existing vegetation, buildings, slopes, and site drainage pattern;
staging and spill prevention measures; erosion and sedimentation control
measures; and measures adopted for topsoil preservation during construction as
mentioned in the approach & strategy above.
4. One document is to be submitted after the construction of the building, giving a
brief description along with photographic records to show that other areas were
not disrupted during the construction. The document should also include a brief
explanation and photographic records to show the adopted erosion and
sedimentation control measures.

1. Ospar Commission. (2008). Assessment of the environmental impact of the
construction or placement of structures.
2. Dixon, W . (2010). The impacts of construction and the built environment. Briefing
Notes, Willmott-Dixon Group.
61
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
IS9 Environmental Management Practice IS 9 Ci/S
9.1 Implementation of Effective Environmental Friendly

Programs
3 Points
9.2 Main Contractor has Good Track Records in Green Practice
9.3 Implementation of the ISO 14001 Procedure
Aims
To ensure the adoption of environmentally sustainable practices throughout the
construction stage, including encouraging effective environmental training to raise
environmental awareness and knowledge within the construction project team and
workers.
Requirements
IS 9.1 Implementation of Effective Environmental Friendly Programs
1 POINT:
Effective implementation of environmental friendly programmes, including monitoring
and setting targets to minimise energy use, water use, and construction waste.
IS 9.2 Main Contractor has Good Track Records in Green Practice

1 POINT:
Main contractor/developer that has good track records in the adoption of green during
construction.
IS 9.3 Implementation of the ISO 14001 Procedure

1 POINT:
The design and construction team to certify the implementation of ISO 14001 procedure
by the main contractor.
Justification
Good and effective environmental management practice will foster the sustainable
development of the proposed project.
Approach & Strategy

1. All the staff involved in the construction project—from the site management level
to the worker level—shall be included in this program.
62
MyCREST
2. Environmental training is to be provided for the major contractors’ management,

supervisory staff, and construction workers at the early stage of the construction
process.
3. The Guidebook on Planning and Implementing Green Practices for Building
Construction W orks, published by the Construction Industry Development Board,
Malaysia (CIDB), shall be referred.
4. The main contractor/developer has good track records in the adoption of
sustainable, environmentally friendly, and considerate practices during
construction (refer Figure 20 and 21).
5. An Environmental Management System is an overall management system that
includes the organisational structure, planning activities, responsibilities, practices,
procedures, processes, and resources for developing, implementing, achieving,
reviewing, and maintaining the environmental policy. It provides a framework for
a systematic presentation of environmental information for decision making as
well as improving the environmental performance of the contractors and
enhancing their creditability with financial institutions, insurance companies,
regulators, and building developers/owners. The widely recognised ISO 14001
standard shall be referred by the main contractors, which include the main builder
and main building services contractors.
Figure 20. Materials organised on-site according to usage frequency.
63
MyCREST
Figure 21. Water pollution from sediment run-off at a construction site.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Extract of the tender specification, showing the requirement for the contractor to
provide and implement environmentally friendly programmes to minimise energy
use, water use, and construction waste, in addition to details of the
environmentally friendly programs implemented.
1. A certified copy of the main contractor’s/developer’s award or previous green
certification (any green rating available) for the building that the main contractor
was involved in; details of track records in the adoption of sustainable,
environmentally friendly, and considerate practices during construction.
2. An audited ISO 14001 report.

1. Construction Industry Development Board, Malaysia (CIDB). (n.d.). Guidebook on
planning and implementing green practices for building construction works, page
40–41.
2. International Organization for Standardization. (2015). Environmental
management system (ISO 14001:2015).
64
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
IS10 Emissions Reporting – Construction Machinery IS 10 Cr
Emissions Reporting – Construction Machinery 2 Points
Aims
To collect data on carbon emission released from transportation and machinery used
during the construction period and activity.
CALCULATOR
IS-CAL05: EMISSION REPORTING: CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY
Requirements
2 POINTS:
Submit emission reporting for construction machinery and transportation within the site.
The machinery is limited to the list of machinery specified in the carbon calculator.
Justification
The construction industry has seen an increase in the variety of engine fuels for site
transport and machinery, which emit lesser carbon emission. The aim of this credit is to
create awareness for the construction team on efforts to reduce carbon emission.
Approach & Strategy

A number of methods can be used to reduce carbon emission from construction plants
and ancillary equipment, including:
1. Choosing the right machine for the task: avoid inefficiently oversized machines.
2. Selecting a plant/machine that is more fuel-efficient.
3. Servicing the plant/machine correctly.
4. Using sustainable low-carbon fuels.
5. Operating plant efficiently (e.g. minimizing idling time and using appropriate
power).
6. Adopting fuel use benchmarks: set targets for establishing the fuel performance
of plants and equipment for the product range based on the industry’s standard
duty cycles. Publish fuel performance along with product information.
7. Promoting the purchase and hire of efficient plants: set up procurement processes
that favor the most efficient plant and equipment, as measured using standard
duty cycles (e.g. best in class, similar to A and B ratings for appliances).
65
MyCREST
This action focuses on encouraging plant operators to operate plants efficiently. In

addition, it allows contractors and clients to favour fuel-efficient plants; it is proposed that
plant suppliers develop and advertise consistent fuel consumption benchmarks.
On many construction sites, site rules already encourage fuel-efficient plant operation.
There is a need for trainers, contractors, and sub-contractors to reinforce these
requirements.
Plant suppliers presently publish fuel consumption (typically litres per hour of diesel) for
various plant sizes and applications. However, fuel consumption information is not always
directly comparable. There is a need to develop standard duty cycles to create
comparable benchmarks.
Suppliers are beginning to make use of telematics to remotely track the use of vehicles.
This monitoring can provide useful data to benchmark performance and encourage
operators to use plants appropriately.
Challenges are to be addressed by implementing staff training. Even after being trained,
the transient nature of the construction workforce means that these skills should be
reinforced at each site. The benefits include savings in fuel costs, less noise and
particulate emission, improved plant/machine life expectancy, and site safety. The costs
of training and awareness are minimal; they can be included in the existing training
schemes and general site rules. The cost of producing standardised fuel consumption
data would be borne by the supplier.
Carbon Calculator
Refer: Calculator ID: IS-CAL05:

Emission Reporting: Construction Machinery
Construction Assessment

1. Total machinery involved.
2. Distance (km).
3. Usage (hr).
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Extract of the tender specification, showing the requirements or the obligation for
the contractor to monitor and record for Emissions Reporting – Construction
Machinery.
66
MyCREST
1. List of the transport and machinery used.
2. Carbon calculator for transportation and machinery within the construction site.
3. Site diary, log book, mileage data, trip, and petrol-fill receipts (endorsed by the
project manager or authorised personnel).
References, Standards, & References

1. GreenPASS.
2. Ko, J. (2010). Carbon: Reducing the footprint of the construction process. In
Strategic Forum for Construction and Carbon Trust.
Sample Calculator Input
67
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
LOWERING OPERATIONAL CARBON - ENERGY PERFORMANCE IMPACTS
POINT
EP Req1 Building Energy Efficiency Performance EP Req1 Cr
To Demonstrate Compliance with Energy Performance from the

Required
Baseline
Aims
To demonstrate the reduction of a building’s energy consumption and carbon emission
significantly below the baseline without sacrificing thermal comfort.
EP-CAL01: ENERGY MODEL TEMPLATE EP-CAL02: ENERGY MODEL TEMPLATE - VERIFICATION
Requirements
REQUIRED:
To demonstrate a 6% energy savings from the baseline; AND
To ensure thermal comfort parameters that comply with MS 1525.
Justification
Energy efficiency is a cornerstone and crucial criterion for achieving a low-carbon
design. The aim is to design the building envelope and systems to maximise energy
performance. In general, this can be achieved through efficient design, deliberate
mechanical and electrical system selection, and proper commissioning and monitoring.
These energy savings will translate directly into cost and operational savings.
Manual calculation (static calculation) or a computer simulation model can be used to

assess the energy performance and identify the energy impact of the measures. This will
quantify energy performance as compared to a baseline building. A building cannot be
considered green if it is not energy efficient. The energy used by buildings is mostly
generated by burning fossil fuels, which release greenhouse gas emission that contributes
to climate change. No building should be defined as “green” unless it consumes less
energy and generates fewer greenhouse gas emissions than average or conventional
buildings.
Approach & Strategy

Demonstrate a 6% improvement for new buildings in the proposed building performance
rating compared to the baseline building performance rating through a whole building
project simulation:
1. Meet the requirements of the baseline.
2. Maximise passive strategies and opportunities such as the orientation of the
main façade to the north/south to reduce the heat impact transferred into the
building. Minimise the opening at the east/west façade.
3. Optimise facade systems such as install low E glass and shading device at the
east/west facade.
68
MyCREST
4. Install efficient mechanical equipment.

This is a prerequisite and compulsory point. Project teams must demonstrate—through
Static Simulation or Dynamic Simulation—that their proposed designs have complied with
the minimum energy saving against the baseline.
The Baseline Model

All the characteristics, requirements, and parameters of the baseline model are based
on the basic characteristics derived from MS 1525. The characteristics of the baseline
model must follow MyCREST requirements and are as outlined in MyCREST BASELINE
MODELLING GUIDE in Appendix 2 at the end of this guide. Among these parameters are:
1. Passive Design:
The passive properties of the baseline building envelope must be combined such
that it must achieve a maximum of OTTV = 50 W /m2, RTTV = 25W /m2 (with skylights
and minimum U-values for the roof), as stated in MS 1525.
The baseline model must be a model without any shading device and has a WWR
of 50% and must be evenly distributed on ALL facades.
W indows
W WR = 50% and must be evenly distributed on ALL facades.
2. Active Design:
a. Equipment.
b. The active design shall follow the minimum requirement for OTTV, RTTV,
lighting, and ACMV components and equipment under item 5, 6, 7, and 8
of MS 1525. Details of the modelling guideline can be referred to in
Appendix 2.
c. Baseline spaces by space Lighting Power Density (LPD) are as stated in EP4
Artificial Lighting.
d. ACMV Basis of Design must comply with the related requirements based on
ASHRAE 62.1 and ASHRAE 55.
The Proposed or as-Designed Model

For the proposed design, the following are its characteristics:
1. Passive Design:
The project team must select strategies to ensure a reduction in OTTV while
promoting passive strategies such as daylight harvesting in buildings.
2. Active Design:
The project team must select from a range of strategies to reduce demand and
conserve energy, such as:
 The use of variable speed drive (VSD) to control the motors driving chilled
water pumps and cooling tower fans.
 The use of smaller capacity MVAC systems for separate buildings/blocks
operating on shifts rather than by a centralised, bigger capacity MVAC
system to cater for the entire MVAC requirement for all the buildings in order
to enhance the performance load factor efficiency.
69
MyCREST
Other strategies include controlling fresh air with the use of C02 Sensors. In buildings
with long operational hours, energy saving has been demonstrated with the use
of recovery heat wheel. Significant savings can also be achieved through the use
of high-efficiency chiller plants and motors to reduce the overall plant energy
consumption at full or partial loads. Both efficient light sources and lighting controls
play a significant part in reducing energy usage and increasing efficiency. This
includes the installation and calibration of daylight sensors, motion sensors, and
occupancy-sensor lighting controls in all areas, including offices and intermittently
used areas.
Temperature and humidity controls, i.e., thermostats for offices enable individual
air conditioning control of individual offices. An exceptional score under the
MyCREST innovation category can be achieved if at least 50% of the total
individual rooms or staff work stations are equipped with individual thermal
controls to allow comfortable thermal regulation.
3. Naturally Ventilated Areas and Strategies:

MyCREST allows the inclusion of naturally ventilated areas as part of a building’s
passive strategy. This is because passive strategies that utilise natural ventilation
(NV) with adequate airflow and comply with thermal comfort requirements
represent a significant carbon reduction strategy in buildings.
However, NV strategies can only be included if the following are demonstrated:
a. The spaces must be fully occupied and have functions whereby full-time
occupants and staff are stationed throughout the typical working day.
These include spaces such as ground floor lobbies where at least one staff
member is stationed in the space, cafés, canteens, restaurants, atriums,
and rest areas. Unoccupied spaces such as toilets, storage, and corridors
are not eligible to be included in the comparison. Lift lobbies can be
included if these are used throughout the working day. In total, the NV
spaces must not be more than 20% of the occupied areas.
As a basic principle, natural ventilation strategies can only count towards

the achievement of a maximum of 2 points under MyCREST. Exceptions can
be considered on a case-by-case basis and are to be decided by the
MyCREST Review Committee.
b. Based on function, it must fulfil the requirements listed in:

i. Criterion EP12 (non-AC energy scorecard in MyCREST Design
scorecard) sub-criteria EP12.3, EP12.4, EP12.5, EP12.6, EP12.8, EP12.9,
and EP12.10; OR
ii. Article 4.6.2, 4.6.3, and 5.9 of MS 1525.
To gain EP points, projects must demonstrate the following:
70
MyCREST
c. Create a baseline model where the naturally ventilated areas are

modelled as fully air-conditioned spaces with the same thermal parameters
as outlined in MS 1525 and ventilation requirements as per ASHRAE 62.1.
d. Create and run the proposed design model with the selected areas as
naturally ventilated spaces with mechanical ventilation assistance.
e. They must demonstrate that they have complied with all airflow and
ventilation criteria and verify these with simulation as stipulated in “NON-AC
building scorecard” including CFD simulation and verification to ensure
both adequate airflow and thermal comfort are achieved in these spaces.
4. The inclusion of renewable energy:

In addition, renewable energy sources such as the energy generated from solar
panels can also be used to gain percentage savings and points, and achieve
savings the baseline energy level as long as within the project boundary and
owned by the same owner. Savings are calculated based on kWh and not costs.
Consultant engineers are required to run the heat load calculation based on two
models, namely the baseline model and their proposed design model. Basically,
MyCREST requires teams to adjust the heat load calculations to comply with the
OTTV equal to 50W /m2 and RTTV equal to 25 W /m2. Once the required OTTV and
RTTV are achieved, the consultant needs to input the energy consumption in the
Baseline Calculation.
Definition of Process Load

In energy simulation, there will be a portion of the total energy used that is consumed by
process energy. Typically in an energy simulation study, the process energy portion is
equal for both baseline and proposed design models. Process energy is considered to
include but not limited to office and general miscellaneous equipment, computers,
elevators and escalators, kitchen cooking and refrigeration, laundry washing and drying,
and lighting and pumps.
Hence, regulated (non-processed) energy, which is the energy included in the

calculation of energy savings based on active and passive features, includes lighting
(interior, parking garage, surface parking, façade), MVAC (space cooling, fans, pumps,
toilet exhaust, parking ventilation, kitchen hood exhaust, etc.), and service hot water
heating.
Documentation of the process load energy savings shall include a list of the assumptions
made for both the baseline and proposed design, and the theoretical or empirical
information supporting these assumptions.
Project teams can demonstrate energy savings and points gained from items related to
process loads through a report of the energy efficiency characteristics specification of
71
MyCREST
items related to the process loads. However, this must be submitted as an “exceptional
calculation methodology” where the efficiency of the process load-related items is
compared with its conventional counterpart. Project teams must demonstrate and
define with clarity and understanding what is considered the convention al efficiency or
energy use of its counterpart.
Carbon Calculator
Calculator ID: EP-CAL01 Energy Model Calculator ID: EP-CAL01 Energy Model Template
Template - Verification
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Energy carbon calculation.
2. Energy calculation or simulation report.
3. A basic report containing:
a. Information on the method used to achieve thermal comfort for a project.
b. Explanation of how the project will allow individual thermal control for at
least 50% of all rooms and also thermal control for common areas.
1. Final energy performance report that confirms the project meets the minimum
requirements of MS 1525 and has achieved 6% energy savings.
2. EM/BMS output or an overall energy audit report.
3. As-built drawing plan of the air-conditioning layout, showing the thermostat
location.

1. Standard and Industrial Research Institute of Malaysia (SIRIM Berhad). (2014).
Energy efficiency and use of renewable energy for non-residential buildings –
Code of practice (Second revision) (MS 1525:2014).
2. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers
(ASHRAE). (2019). Energy standard for buildings except low-rise residential
buildings (ASHRAE Standard 90.1).
72
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
LOWERING OPERATIONAL CARBON – ENERGY PERFORMANCE IMPACTS
POINT
EP1 Building Envelope Performance – Thermal Performance EP 1.1 Cr
EP1.1 Building Thermal Performance:
OTTV ≤ 50 W /m²
Reduction of 3 W /m² in OTTV from the Baseline 4 Points
Reduction of 6 W /m² in OTTV from the Baseline
Reduction of 9 W /m² in OTTV from the Baseline
Aims
To control the amount of heat conducted, absorbed, and radiated into a building
through a building envelope. Controlling the rate of heat transfer into a building will
contribute to a reduction in building energy consumption.
Requirement
The overall thermal transfer value (OTTV) computed based on the methodology and
guidelines stipulated in MS 1525 should be:
1 POINT: OTTV ≤ 50W /m²; OR
2 POINTS: Reduction of 3 W /m² in OTTV from the baseline; OR
3 POINTS: Reduction of 6 W /m² in OTTV from the baseline; OR
4 POINTS: Reduction of 9 W /m² in OTTV from the baseline.
Justification
Passive strategies represent some of the most cost-effective strategies for energy
conservation. OTTV is an index developed to assess the combined impact of key passive
strategies related to heat conduction and radiation through the building envelope and
is a key aspect in assessing the passive design and energy conservation characteristics
of a building envelope. OTTV measures the heat gain transmitted through a unit area of
a building’s wall. OTTV is recorded in units of W /m². It concerns conductive and radiation
heat gains transmitted through glazing and opaque components. The control of OTTV
implies controlling the heat transfer through a building envelope. If the heat gain is
controlled, then the load on the air conditioner can be reduced, leading to lower
electricity consumption.
Strategies include the selection of glazing, window size, external shading to walls, wall
colour, wall type, and roof type at the early design stage to meet the OTTV criteria. It is
best that any measure to improve energy efficiency or save energy be considered in the
early planning stage of the building. Building energy efficiency regulation must include
the concept of OTTV as one of its aspects.
73
MyCREST
Approach & Strategies

The passive strategy aims to reduce energy transfer that is mostly transferred through
walls. Strategies that can reduce OTTV include limiting the window-to-wall ratio,
designing shading devices using heat control glass, and using materials with a high
insulation value.
To select and specify the envelope design which considers, but is not exclusive to, the
following:
1. W all and roof construction systems that contribute towards decreasing cooling
loads.
2. Materials with a high resistance rate (R-value) that contribute to reducing the rate
of heat transfer.
Reference must be made to strategies and items outlined in MS 1525 apart from reducing
carbon dioxide gas emissions (CO2) into the atmosphere to achieve the minimum
requirement for building energy efficiency.
Size of the opening needs to be optimized to reduce heat absorption into buildings
through windows. Use appropriate simulation software to calculate the combined total
OTTV calculation (Refer Figure 22.1, 22.2 and 22.3). The building design should comply
with MS 1525, which consists of:
1. Materials containing resistance value to achieve low U heat transfer.
2. At the design stage, determining the material specifications for building envelope
must consider both factors above to achieve the desired OTTV value.
3. OTTV value ≤ 50 W /m² can be achieved through a building energy management
system.
Carbon Calculator
All energy calculations for this sub-criterion contribute to:

Calculator ID: EP-CAL01 Energy Model Template
Design and Construction Assessment
74
MyCREST
Figure 22.1. OTTV calculation for Block A.
Figure 22.2. OTTV calculation for Block B.

75
MyCREST
Figure 22.3. OTTV calculation for Block C.
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. OTTV Calculation Report endorsed by the consultant.
2. Roof material specifications, indicating the desired U-value.
3. Catalogue from the supplier.
4. Brief explanation and U-value calculation for the suggested roof.
1. OTTV Calculation Report endorsed by the consultant.
2. Delivery order of the installed cladding/glazing with specifications.
3. As-built drawing.
4. Catalogue from the supplier.

76
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EP1 Building Envelope Performance – Thermal Performance EP 1.2 Cr
1.2 Roof Thermal Performance 1 point
Aims
To reduce the heat transferred into the building through the roof.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Roof without Skylight:
As per the requirement of MS 1525, the roof design should consider the rate of heat
transfer (U-value) according to the following categories:
1. If ≥ 50 kg/m2 : U-Value ≤ 0.6 W /m²K
2. If < 50 kg/m2 : U-Value ≤ 0.4 W /m²K
Roof with Skylight:

The roof design should consider the rate of heat transfer (U-value) according to the
following category:
1. RTTV : ≤ 25 W /m²
Justification
The guidelines are as stated in MS 1525, while the requirement is to reduce the external
heat gain transmitted through a unit area of the building’s wall or roof.
Approach & Strategy

Specify the roof material with a low roof U-value to avoid higher heat transfer into the
building, including giving the specification of roof insulation. Sample of the calculation
shown in Table 3 and Figure 22.4.
Table 3: Sample of the Calculation of Roof U-value
77
MyCREST
Carbon Calculator

Figure 22.4. RTTV calculation for Block A.
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Roof U-value and RTTV calculation, if any.
2. Section of the detail roof drawing.
3. Specification from the manufacturer.
5. A brief explanation and U-value calculation for the suggested roof.
1. As-built drawing of the roof plan and details.
2. Specification from the manufacturer.
3. Delivery order of purchased materials.
5. A brief explanation and U-value calculation for the suggested roof.

78
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EP2 Fundamental Refrigerant Management EP 2 Ci
A Step Towards Reducing Greenhouse Gas Emissions, Therefore

1 Point
Contributing to Ozone Protection
Aims
To reduce stratospheric ozone depletion.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Zero use of chlorofluorocarbon (CFC)-based refrigerants in the base building’s
ventilation, air conditioning, and refrigeration (MVAC&R) systems. W hen reusing existing
base building’s MVAC equipment, complete a comprehensive CFC phase-out
conversion prior to project completion. Phase-out plans extending beyond the project
completion date will be considered on their merits.
Existing small MVAC units (defined as containing less than 0.5 pounds [0.227 kg] of
refrigerant) and other equipment such as standard refrigerators, small water coolers, and
any other equipment that contains less than 0.5 pounds (0.227 kg) of refrigerant are not
considered part of the base building system and are not subject to the requirements of
this prerequisite.
Justification
The aim is to reduce ozone depletion impacts on the environment. Refrigerants have
varying applications, lifetimes, ozone-depleting potentials (ODPs), and global warming
potentials (GWPs).
Approach & Strategy

W hen reusing existing MVAC systems, conduct an inventory to identify the equipment
that uses CFC-based refrigerants and provide a replacement schedule for these
refrigerants.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Specification and brochure of the refrigerant used.
79
MyCREST
1. Submit a list of as-installed refrigerants and clean agents.
2. Delivery order of the purchase of refrigerant and clean agents.

None
80
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EP 3 Decentralisation of Lighting Systems Control EP 3.1 Cr
3.1 Control of Lighting Through Zoning 1 Point
Aims
To enable higher levels of control of artificial indoor lighting system through zoning and
layout.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Install at least 2 light switches for each room with an area of ≤ 30m. The number of
switches must be matched accordingly; AND
Prepare one light switch with labels for open spaces ≤ 30m² in size. If the room size is ≥
30m², the number of switches must be matched accordingly; AND
Light switches are to be placed near doorways and easily accessed; AND
Separate switches for lights parallel to natural lighting.
Justification
It has been demonstrated that the lighting layout design with proper area zoning will help
towards achieving the lighting energy-saving strategies and further savings. This will also
significantly contribute towards savings during the operation period , as occupants can
be reminded and educated to switch off electric lights when they leave the space. In
many cases, occupants can play a role to switch off lights when not needed ; however,
they have been unable to do so, as the zoning of lights does not enable them to switch
off when not used.
Approach & Strategy

Each room with an area of ≤ 30m² must have at least 2 light switches whereby each
switch must be clearly labelled for the control of the respective lights.
Open offices with an area of ≤ 30m² must include space partitions according to zone; if
≥ 30m², the number of switches must be matched accordingly with each switch clearly
labelled for the control of the respective lights.
The locations of switches must be near the entrance and exit as well as not obstructed
by doors. Lights must be located parallel with windows or glass walls for b uildings with
natural daylighting, with separate switches. Zone partition must be reduced to ease light
control, and only certain zones will have lighting.
81
MyCREST
Carbon Calculator
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Show floor plan drawings, indicating the locations of switches and areas with
zones, as well as schematic drawings.
1. As-built floor plan drawings, showing the locations of switches and areas with
zones, as well as schematic drawings.

82
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EP3 Decentralisation of Lighting Control EP 3.2 Cr
3.2 Automatic Sensors in Common and Circulation Areas 1 Point
Aims
To enable higher levels of control of artificial indoor lighting system to save energy.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Install automatic sensors in 60% of the common and circulation areas, as follows:
1. Staircases.
2. Toilets.
3. Car park.
4. Corridors.
5. W alkways, etc.
It is encouraged to locate sensors at intermittently used spaces. Suitable sensors shall be

selected for the right application.
The energy saving impact from the use of sensors must also be calculated and included
under EP11 (building energy efficiency performance). The baseline model is assumed as
a model with spaces without sensors. An occupancy schedule following trends in
occupancy of specific spaces must be included as part of the calculations.
Justification
Automatic sensors can ensure that lights in intermittently occupied sp aces can be
switched off when not in use. If sensors are used in spaces other than the above, they
can be accounted for and achieve points under EP11. This particular sub-criterion is
specific towards the provision of automatic sensors in these areas.
Approach & Strategy

Light control for all toilets and staircase areas must be controlled with automatic sensors.
Automatic sensors detect the presence or absence of people and turn lights on and off
accordingly.
The two most common sensor types are passive infrared, which require a direct line of
sight to the movement of infrared (heat) sources, and ultrasonic, which detect any
movement, human or otherwise (for example, curtains).
83
MyCREST
Passive infrared (PIR) sensors, the most commonly used type, are able to "see" heat
emitted by occupants. Triggering occurs when a change in infrared levels is detected,
as when a warm object moves in or out of view of one of the sensor’s “eyes”. PIR sensors
are quite resistant to false triggering. They are best used within a range of 15 foot or 5 m
for two reasons: first, there are potential “dead” spots between their wedge-shaped
sensory patterns that get wider with distance; and, second, being passive, they do not
send out any signal. Instead, PIR sensors depend on the intensity of the heat output of
the moving part of the subject.
Carbon Calculator
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Floor plan showing all the common and circulation areas with the total estimated
floor area.
2. Floor plan (with the estimated sensor-controlled floor area), showing the locations
of automatic sensors including detailed electrical schematic drawings for the
installation of the automatic sensors.
3. Manufacturer’s technical data of the automatic sensors.
1. As-built floor plan (with the estimated sensor-controlled floor area), showing the
locations of automatic sensors including detailed electrical schematic drawings
for the installation of the automatic sensors.
2. Manufacturer’s technical data of the installed photosensors.
3. The summary of field inspection results must include the locations of inspection
areas, locations of devices installed in floor plan drawings for each floor level,
manufacturer’s information/specification of the motion/occupancy sensors used,
and photographs of the devices installed in the building.

84
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EP4 Admission of Daylit Zone and Provision of Automatic Controls EP 4.1 Cr
4.1 Automatic Daylight Sensors – Photo Sensors 1 Point
Aims
To increase the admission of usable, glare-free natural light and to harvest daylight by
installing a lighting control system to dim lights and/or turn them off when there is
adequate daylight, especially at the perimeter.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Install automatic daylight sensors (photosensors) to regulate the perimeter of occupied
building spaces with ample daylighting.
Justification
Daylight sensors with well-designed artificial lighting systems can maximise the quality of
daylight. The highest efficiency can be reached in environments with ample daylight
coming through the windows. The intensity of artificial lighting is constantly adjusted to
reflect the incoming natural luminous flux. At noon, all or most of the illumination can be
provided by the sun while early or late in the day, this function is taken over by the artificial
lighting system. Thus, the provision of daylight sensors seems to be a useful method to
regulate daylighting of the entire occupied building spaces perimeter (as shown in Figure
23).
Reduction of 50% lighting Reduction of 15% lighting 100% of lighting power

power consumption power consumption consumption
Figure 23. Examples of lighting power consumption.
Approach & Strategy

Photosensor placements:
1. North-facing application is the simplest to place photosensors in, as they are not
exposed to direct sunlight. Photosensors can be placed in a pretty broad region,
usually 6 ft (1.8 m) to 12 ft (3.7 m) from the glazing/perimeter.
85
MyCREST
2. For east- and west-facing application, placement should be towards the south
side of the space and far enough from windows to avoid direct sunlight as
depicted in Figure 24.1, 24.2 and 24.3.
Figure 24.1. Sample of north-facing application.
Figure 24.2. Sample of east- or west-facing application.
Figure 25. Placement of closed-loop photosensors.
86
MyCREST
Carbon Calculator

Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Present a floor plan drawing showing the locations of automatic light sensors and
automatic sensors, including detailed electrical schematic drawings for the
2. A brief description of the proposed photo sensor application.
3. Manufacturer’s technical data on the installed photosensors.
1. As-built floor plan drawing, showing the location of the automatic light sensors and
automatic sensors, including detailed electrical schematic drawings for the
2. Manufacturer’s technical data on the installed photosensors.

1. Lu, J., Birru, D., & W hitehouse, K. (2010). Using simple light sensors to achieve smart
daylight harvesting. In Proceedings of the 2 nd ACM Workshop on Embedded
Sensing Systems for Energy-Efficiency in Building (pp. 73–78).
2. Sustainable Energy Authority of Ireland (SEAI). (n.d.). Lighting controls: A guide to
energy efficient and cost-effective lighting.
87
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EP4 Admission of Daylit Zone and Provision of Automatic Controls EP 4.2 CR
4.2 Natural Lighting 2 Points
Aims
To increase the admission of usable daylight without glare or diffused interior daylighting.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Design ≥ 20% of the combination of all occupied building spaces and transitional spaces
(enclosed or perimeter circulation spaces) with a Daylight Factor in the range of 1.0% to
3.5% as measured at the working plane, 800 mm from floor level as per MS 1525; OR
2 POINTS:
Design ≥ 30% of the combination of all occupied building spaces and transitional spaces
(enclosed or perimeter circulation spaces) with a Daylight Factor in the range of 1.0% to
3.5% as measured at the working plane, 800 mm from floor level as per MS1525; AND
Demonstrate through the simulation of three separate workstation areas in random

selection across total working spaces and viewpoints that glare is in control and maintain
brightness levels below 1000 cd/m 2 at occupied building spaces*. Other indices such as
the Glare Index can also be used to demonstrate the control of glare and its compliance
with international standards. The project team must conduct glare assessment with
MyCREST recommended software tools at the beginning of the project, and should the
luminance levels be found to be more than 1000 cd/m² or the minimum glare indices not
achieved, the team must propose glare reduction strategies. Based on the strategies,
the project team must redo the simulation and achieve the acceptable luminance
levels.
The project team can include the use of automated or the installation of manual solar
shading blind shades in lieu of the above.
Justification
The two primary reasons for using daylight to meet the illumination requirements in
occupied building spaces and transitional spaces are psychological benefits and energy
savings benefits. Good daylighting has been shown to improve the overall attitude,
satisfaction, and well-being of building occupants.
In the tropical climate, external luminance and sky brightness are high throughout the
working day. The provision of daylight will not be effective and successful without the
88
MyCREST
control of glare under such conditions. Many green building case studies have shown
that daylight strategies were unsuccessful as the control of glare was not considered and
implemented. A number of research studies have shown a variety of benefits of
daylighting in different building types and functions; among them are improved retail
sales, increased worker productivity, reduced absenteeism in office buildings, improved
student educational performances, and improved patient recovery time in hospitals.
Exposure to daylight has also been shown to improve general health and circadian
rhythm.
However, such benefits can only be realised under hot climatic conditions with the
control and reduction of glare.
Daylighting, with proper electric lighting controls, can result in significant energy savings
by reducing electric lighting loads and associated cooling loads as illustrated in Figure
26.
Figure 26. Occupied spaces zoning of daylit zones (marked in green).
Approach & Strategy

Daylighting
Define and locate all occupied building spaces on each level of the building and
engage simulation analysis on daylighting prediction using MyCREST recommended
simulation tools (IESVE, DAYSIM-RADIANCE, and Dialux) and predict the Daylight Factor
as per MS 1525.
89
MyCREST
Daylighting comprises windows, façade shading/light deflecting devices (e.g. light

shelves), roof lights, and atrium spaces. For a naturally lighted area, the lighting level
should be equally distributed without major contrast.
During the design process, the following design strategies should be understood and
explored:
1. Increase the perimeter daylight zones. Extend the perimeter footprint to maximise
the usable daylighting area.
2. Allow daylight penetration high in the space. W indows located high in a wall or in
roof monitors and clerestories will result in deeper light penetration and reduce the
likelihood of excessive brightness.
3. Reflect daylight within the space to increase room brightness. A light shelf, if
properly designed, has the potential to increase room brightness and decrease
window brightness.
4. Slope ceilings to direct more light into the space. Sloping the ceiling away from
the fenestration area will help increase the surface brightness of the ceiling further
into the space.
5. Avoid direct beam daylight on critical visual tasks. Poor visibility and discomfort
will result if excessive brightness differences occur in the vicinity of critical visual
tasks.
6. Filter daylight. The harshness of direct light can be filtered with vegetation,
curtains, louvres or the like, and will help distribute light.
7. Understand that different building orientations will benefit from different daylighting
strategies; for example, light shelves—which are effective on south facades—are
often ineffective on east or west elevations of buildings.
Glare Level Controls

Given the real brightness levels can only be measured after the buildings are completed,
the use of simulation tools at the very beginning of the design stage is highly
recommended in order to predict the desired brightness levels.
Some strategies that may be employed to reduce unwanted daylight glare include:
1. Provision of side lighting concept which provides daylight through apertures
located on the perimeter of the wall of a building. The concept involves two types
of the glazing system, namely daylight glazing and view glazing. To maximise
daylight penetration and reduce window glare, it is advisable to separate the
daylight aperture from the view aperture (Figure 27).
90
MyCREST
Figure 27. Side lighting concept usually involves the provision of light shelves.
2. Well-oriented apertures can maximise daylight harvesting potential as well as

minimise glare and solar heat gain. Orienting the long axis of a building in the
east/west direction will maximise the amount of northern and southern facades.
The area of east and west openings can be minimised to reduce direct sunlight
(glare) entering the building.
3. Use automated or manual blind shades/tinted films (e.g. NES Solar) or full external
louvres on windows to control the amount or transmittance angle of sunlight
entering the working space.
4. If the final interior colour scheme of a project is not yet determined during the early
design stage, for simulation purposes, interior colours and hence, surface
reflectance to assess glare can be set as follows:
Ceilings : 80% or more
W alls : 50% to 70%
Floor : 20% to 40%
Partitions : 40%to 70%
Furniture : 25% to 45%
Carbon Calculator

Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Typical floor plans indicating the identified occupied building spaces/transitional
spaces.
2. Typical floor plans, sections, and detail drawings, showing the variable position of
any glare control system.
3. Simulation results of Daylight Factor on the floor plans.
91
MyCREST
4. A brief report on daylighting strategies, spatial allocation , and solar control

devices/system applied and on how the credit will be met. The report should also
include all related simulation results and table/graph of all spaces that employ the
daylighting system.
1. Present as-built floor plan drawing, which clearly marks the locations of the
occupied building spaces, transitional spaces, and the position of the glare
control system.
2. The summary of field measurement sampling results must include the locations of
inspection areas, luminance results (lux) in floor plan drawings for each floor level,
manufacturer’s information/specification of the photosensors used, and
photographs of the devices installed in the building.

2. McHugh, J., Burns, P. J., & Hittle, D. C. (1998). The energy impact of daylighting.
ASHRAE Journal, 40(5), 31–35.
92
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EP5 Artificial Lighting EP 5.1 Cr
5.1 Improve Design Lighting Power Density (LPD) by:

15% Improvement in LPD
20% Improvement in LPD 4 Points
Aims
To achieve increased energy efficiency in terms of lighting power and to utilise lighting
technologies and sources beyond the required standard to reduce the CO 2 impact
associated with high energy use.
Requirements
1 POINT:
At least 15% improvement in Lighting Power Density (LPD) from the baseline; OR
2 POINTS:
3 POINTS:
4 POINTS:
At least 30% improvement in Lighting Power Density (LPD) from the baseline, AND
Comply with the lux levels recommended (space by space) based on the baseline in MS
1525 and ASHRAE 90.1.
Justification
Comply with the LPD guidelines to improve energy efficiency by reducing wasteful
designs and limiting the power allowed for lighting without compromising occupants’
comfort and visual performance. Reduce the connected LPD to below the baseline
stated in MS 1525 and ASHRAE Standard 90.1 by using either space by space method or
area weighted whole building lighting power average.
Approach & Strategy

The LPD value stated in MS1525 and ASHRAE Standard 90.1 shall be the baseline.
Common Space Types LPD (W /m2)

Office – Enclosed 15*
Office – Open Plan 15*
Conference/Meeting/Multipurpose 14
Classroom/Lecture/Training 15
For Penitentiary 14
Lobby 14
For Hotel 12
93
MyCREST
Common Space Types LPD (W /m2)

For Performing Arts Theatre 36
For Motion Picture Theatre 12
Audience/Seating Area 10
For Gymnasium 4
For Exercise Centre 3
For Convention Centre 8
For Penitentiary 8
For Religious Buildings 18
For Sports Arena 4
For Performing Arts Centre 28
For Motion Picture Theatre 13
For Transportation 5
Atrium – First Three Floors 6
Atrium – Each Additional Floor 2
Lounge/Recreation 13
For Hospital 9
Dining Area 15*
For Penitentiary 14
For Hotel 15*
For Motel 15*
For Bar Lounge/Leisure Dining 15
For Family Dining 23
Food Preparation 13
Laboratory 15
Restrooms 10
Dressing/Locker/Fitting Room 6
Corridor/Transition 5
For Hospital 11
For Manufacturing Facility 5
Stairs – Active 6
Active Storage 9
For Hospital 10
Inactive Storage 3
For Museum 9
Electrical/Mechanical 16
W orkshop 20
Sales Area [for accent lighting, see Section 9.6.2(b)] 18
94
MyCREST
Building-Specific Space Types LPD (W /m2)

Gymnasium/Exercise Centre
Playing Area 15
Exercise Area 10
Courthouse/Police Station/Penitentiary
Courtroom 20
Confinement Cells 10
Judges’ Chambers 14
Fire Stations
Engine Room 9
Sleeping Quarters 3
Post Office – Sorting Area 13
Convention Centre – Exhibit Space 14
Library
Card File and Cataloguing 12
Stacks 18
Reading Area 13
Hospital
Emergency 29
Recovery 9
Nurse’ Station 11
Exam/Treatment 16
Pharmacy 13
Patient Room 8
Operating Room 24
Nursery 6
Medical Supply 15
Physical Supply 10
Radiology 4
Laundry – W ashing 6
Automotive – Service/Repair 8
Manufacturing
Low Bay ( < 25 ft Floor to Ceiling Height) 13
High Bay (≥ 25 ft Floor to Ceiling Height) 18
Detailed Manufacturing 23
Equipment Room 13
Control Room 5
Hotel/Motel Guest Rooms 12
Dormitory – Living Quarters 12
Museum
General Exhibition 11
Restoration 18
Bank/Office – Banking Activity Area 16
Religious Buildings
W orship Pulpit, Choir 26
95
MyCREST
Fellowship Hall 10
Building-Specific Space Types LPD (W /m2)

Retail
Sales Area [for accent lighting, see Section 9.6.3(c)] 18
Mall Concourse 18
Sports Arena
Ring Sports Area 29
Court Sports Area 25
Indoor Playing Field Area 15
W arehouse
Fine Material Storage 15
Medium/Bulky Material Storage 10
Carpark 5*
Transportation
Airport – Concourse 6
Air/Train/Bus – Baggage Area 11
Terminal – Ticket Counter 16
*Values taken from MS1525 in order to take into account the technology present in the
market. In preparing the submission for MyCREST assessment, it is advisable for the project
to refer to the latest edition of the standards.
Carbon Calculator
Sample Calculation Input
96
MyCREST
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Light Power Density calculation.
2. Typical floor plans indicating the identified occupied building spaces.
3. Present data on the brightness level of each area through manual calculation
method or simulation software.
4. A summary report on lighting strategies and spatial allocation as to how the credit
will be met. The report should also include all lighting simulation results and
table/SOA of all participating occupied building spaces.
1. As-built drawing of the lighting layout plan.
2. Lighting schedules showing the numbers, locations, and types of luminaries and
the power rate used.
3. Calculation of the installed lighting power rate and the percentage improvement.
4. Technical product information of the lighting used.

97
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EP5 Artificial Lighting EP 5.2 CR
5.2 High-Efficiency Lighting for 24 Hours Area/Usage and Car Park

1 Point
Areas
Aims
The aim is to achieve increased energy efficiency beyond the required standard to
reduce the CO2 impact associated with high energy usage.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Utilise high-efficiency light fittings for 24 hours functional lighting including at the car park
(i.e., emergency and exit signage). In particular, provide energy efficient lighting for
covered car park areas. The lighting power density of the car park areas must comply
with values in accordance with ASHRAE 90.1.
Justification
The 24-hour areas represent one of the highest potential to save energy from electric
lights. W ith the use of high-efficiency light fittings, energy consumption can be
significantly reduced.
Approach & Strategy

Install high-efficiency light fittings at areas where artificial lights are switched on 24 hours
daily such as emergency signage, exit signage, and parking area, which will provide a
lower Lighting Power Density (LPD) compared to the baseline in MS 1525.
Carbon Calculator
Calculator ID: EP-CAL01 Design Energy Performance

Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Specification of the proposed high-efficiency lights.
2. Locations of high-efficiency lights.
3. LPD calculation for the 24 hours functional area.
1. Specification/delivery order of the LED lights.
2. As-built drawing showing the locations of LED lights.

None
98
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EP6 Individual Metering EP 6 Ci
Sub-meter on Switch Boards for Each Service System ≥ 100kVA 1 Point
Aims
To encourage sub-meter installation to allow the monitoring of energy usage in a
building.
Requirement
1 POINT:
Installation of sub-meters on switchboards for each service system that is ≥ 100kVA of the
Total Connected Load (TCL).
This criterion refers to building service engineering systems within a building such as air
ventilation, lift, fire alarm, lighting systems, and others. Apart from division according to
service systems, metering according to level and renting (agency, unit) may also be
considered.
Justification
Sub-meters are useful for monitoring the energy usage of equipment items or circuits.
Sub-meters can reveal operational inefficiencies, demand spikes, and other bottom-line
impacting events while increasing the facility’s operational effectiveness.
Approach & Strategy

Install separate sub-meters for lighting systems, chillers, sockets, AHU, lifts, and other
services that use loads of ≥ 100 kVA (TCL).
If an Energy Management System is available, all sub-meters are to be connected to the

system to monitor and control energy usage more efficiently.
Potential Issues
Most switch systems and light system are located on one board. Each service must be
divided for each switchboard, especially for lighting systems and sockets.
Carbon Calculator
None
99
MyCREST
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Present electrical schematic drawings which show the location of the sub-meter
on the main switchboard and on the small switchboard for each service of ≥ 100
kVA (TCL).
1. Present as-built electrical schematic drawings which show the location of the sub-
meter on the main switchboard and on the small switchboard for each service of
≥ 100 kVA (TCL).

100
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
DESIGN
EP7 Renewable Energy EP 7 Cr
To reduce the effects of environmental pollution and reduce

4 Points
greenhouse gas emissions using renewable energy
Aims
To encourage the use and installation of renewable energy sources to reduce the effects
of environmental pollution and reduce greenhouse gas emissions.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Provide renewable energy of 0.5% of the total building electrical consumption.
2 POINTS:
Provide renewable energy of 1% of the total building electrical consumption.
3 POINTS:
4 POINTS:
Justification
Renewable energy is a source of clean energy with no pollution impact. However, to be
sustainable and carbon reducing, an energy source must meet the following criteria:
1. Have minimal or no negative environmental or social impact.
2. Meet the needs of people today and in the future in an accessible, equitable,
and efficient manner.
3. Protect air, land, and water and not deplete natural resources.
4. Have little or no net carbon or other greenhouse gas emissions.
5. Have safety mechanisms and not burden future generations with unnecessary
risks.
Approach & Strategy

These can include solar photovoltaic, micro/mini hydro sources, biogas and biomass
sources, wind and tidal wave energy systems, all of which produce electrical energy. The
system may be a grid connection system whereby the use of feed-in-tariff can be realised
or a stand-alone system, which is highly relevant in remote areas. Renewable energy may
also produce energy in other forms such as heat for direct use without being transformed
into other forms of energy (these include solar water heaters and co-generation systems).
Potential Issues
1. On-site research and feasibility studies should be conducted before the concept
design. This includes ensuring no significant overshadowing occurs that can result
in less optimum system performance.
101
MyCREST
2. At times, the site and location of the installation may not be within the MyCREST
project boundary. MyCREST allows this exception and unique condition as long as
the designed system is installed within a master plan boundary and owned and
operated by the same owner.
3. Feed-in-tariff incentives can be used to demonstrate the return on investment
(ROI) of such systems. However, when calculating the energy savings above the
baseline, the savings must be based on kWh per year and not cost savings.
4. A system that is totally off-site (not within a project boundary or a master plan
boundary) cannot be included in the savings calculation. However, exceptions
can be considered and subject to the MyCREST Review Committee’s decision.
Examples in Figure 28:

Renewable energy such as solar, wind, micro-/mini-hydro, biomass, and other sources
that do not pollute the environment.
Figure 28. Provision of a renewable energy system.
Carbon Calculator

Calculator ID: EP-CAL01 Design Energy Performance
102
MyCREST
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Provide the calculation of renewable energy prediction from the system, including
drawings for the installation.
2. Manufacturer’s specification on the renewable energy system.
1. As-built drawings and report of testing which meet the design requirements.
2. Determine the performance of the renewable energy generation systems by using
trend logged-data of the energy generated.
3. Demonstrate the implementation and functionalities of the renewable energy
generation systems and determine compliance with the committed design
specifications.

1. Standard and Industrial Research Institute of Malaysia (SIRIM Berh ad). (2014).
2. Specification for Grid Connected Photovoltaic (PV) System (CKE Specification).
3. Renewable Energy Act 2010.
103
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EP8 Metered Electricity Usage During Construction EP 8 CR
Metered Electricity Usage During Construction 1 Point
Aims
The aim is to record the electrical consumption during the construction stage and hence,
minimise energy usage by on-site utilities.
CALCULATOR
EP-CAL03: METERED ELECTRICITY USAGE
DURING CONSTRUCTION
Requirements
1 POINT:
Provide a copy of the monthly electricity bills during the entire construction period.
Justification
During the construction period, carbon is emitted through the usage of electricity for the
site office, workers’ accommodation, and activities held during the construction stage.
Approach & Strategy

Record and document the electricity bills during the entire construction period.
Carbon Calculator
Refer: Calculator ID: EP-CAL03:

Metered Electricity Usage during Construction
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. A Declaration Letter to submit the monthly electrical bills during construction.
1. A copy of the monthly electrical bills for the entire construction period.
2. List of the areas/activities (i.e., site office, worker amenities, canteen, etc.) that are
covered by the electricity bills.

2. Energy Efficiency Guideline for CKE Design.
104
MyCREST
PART B.
For MYCREST New BUILDINGS

(Air Conditioned)
MyCREST EP
(Energy Performance)
Criteria Scorecard
FOR AIR-CONDITIONED BUILDINGS
105
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EP9 Commissioning of Building Energy Systems EP 9 Ci
To Verify and Ensure the Installation of Energy-Related Systems as

5 Points
Specified
Aim
To ensure the systems, appliances, and amenities are integrated, installed, and fine-
tuned as per the project owner’s requirements.
Requirements
5 POINTS:
Designate an individual as the Commissioning Engineer (CxE) to review and oversee the
integration and proper commissioning of the installed systems, including:
1. Review owner’s project requirements and basis of design.
2. Review the commissioning requirements prepared by the consultant and
specialist contractor.
3. Review the commissioning plan prepared by the consultant.
4. Verify the installation and performance of the systems to be commissioned.
The individual appointed as the CxE must be independent of the project’s design and
construction management, though the CxE may be an employee of any firm providing
those services. The CxE may also be a qualified employee or consultant of the owner.
The owner must document the owner’s project requirements. The design team must
develop the basis of design. The CxE must review these documents for clarity and
completeness. The owner and design team must be responsible for updating their
respective documents.
Justification
Commissioning is a process of verifying that building systems are performing as intended
and according to the owner’s requirements as outlined in the project documents. This
can lead to a fully optimised building, using less energy and keeping occupants
comfortable and productive. Commissioning is often thought of as a single point in a
construction project, carried out before the handover. In reality, if a building is to be as
efficient as possible, commissioning will need to begin at the start of the project and
include continuous monitoring and fine-tuning during the operation.
Approach & Strategy

Testing and commissioning records regarding eco-friendly amenities should be
completed and recorded according to proper management.
106
MyCREST
The building systems to be commissioned include:

1. Cooling system equipment and distribution.
2. Air-handling and fan coil units and air distribution system.
3. Ventilation and exhaust systems.
4. MVAC controls.
5. Lighting and daylighting controls.
6. Electrical sub-metering systems.
7. Any domestic hot water system (if applicable).
8. Any renewable energy system (if applicable).
9. Any rainwater harvesting system (if applicable).
Roles and Functions of the Commissioning Engineer in MyCREST Assessment

The general roles and functions of the Commissioning Engineer (CxE) are as follows:
1. The CxE is obliged to work closely with the owner's representative, building/facility
operating engineer, architect, design engineer, general contractor, and all trade
subcontractors.
2. The CxE typically is responsible for analysing and reviewing the project testing and
commissioning (TC) plan and Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) of the
energy-related system proposed by the design engineers and works closely with
the design, construction, and operation teams. Preferably, the CxE will perform a
gap analysis on the proposed TC plan and make recommendations in line with
the MyCREST requirements.
3. The CxE’s work and performance of service are to review, analyse, and evaluate
the effectiveness of the developed TC processes for the project to meet the
MyCREST requirements.
4. As and when necessary, the CxE will attend design and construction meetings,
perform site construction observations, observe factory equipment testing, and
direct and observe the functional performance testing of systems and equipment.
The CxE typically does not actually perform the hands-on testings, as these are
actually performed by the manufacturer, vendor, or trade contractors, and
directed and observed by the CxE utilising testing procedures and expected
performance outcomes previously identified by the CxE during the commissioning
document development process.
5. The CxE typically reviews the commissioning specification and commissioning plan
during the project design phase. The commissioning plan is modified as the
commissioning process progresses throughout the design, construction, and final
acceptance of the facility. The functional performance test procedures are
typically reviewed by the CxE with the assistance of the trade contractors,
vendors, and manufacturers based on the design engineer’s contract
documents.
6. These same parties, the design engineer, and owner’s representative (typically the
facility operating engineer) review the functional performance test procedures
and expected outcomes prior to testing. The systems, equipment, items,
processes, modes, and sequences of operation should be detailed and identified
in the design engineer’s construction documents (drawings and specifications),
construction request for proposal (RFP), contractor’s bid submission,
107
MyCREST
commissioning specifications, commissioning plan, and the contractor’s

submittals.
7. Of utmost importance but often neglected by contractors are the equipment/
systems “installation and operations manuals” (IOM or IO&M) “specific to the
project” (not generic). The IOM along with a complete and very detailed
sequence of operations (SOO) and control drawings/documents submittal
“specific to the project” (not generic) are of the utmost importance for the CxE to
review the adequacy of testing procedures. Timely delivery of these documents
to the CxE is important to allow the CxE ample time to review, assess the proposed
testings, obtain reviews, and implement changes prior to the scheduling of any
testings.
Appointment of the Commissioning Engineer (CxE)

1. The owner shall appoint directly an independent third party “CxE” who will be
responsible for reviewing, analysing, and verifying the design and the finished
installation as intended.
2. Preferably, the owner should appoint/assign the CxE at the beginning of the
project after the design engineers and architects have been appointed.
3. The owner shall include the role of the CxE in the main contract form so that all the
parties involved in the project shall provide all the requested data at various
stages and shall comply with all the recommended testing requirements by the
CxE, and all the parties shall give their full cooperation to ensure the objectives of
energy-related commissioning are achieved.
4. The CxE shall prepare a validation plan based on the owner’s project requirements
(OPR) and the designed data produced by the design architects and design
engineers after the design has been approved by the owner and the project
construction documents. This validation plan shall be revised during the project
management phase, accommodating all the variations, if any.
5. The CxE shall be invited to attend all project management meetings, design and
construction meetings, factory tests, and site commissioning start-up tests.
6. The CxE shall prepare the TC plan assessment report to be submitted to the
MyCREST assessor in order for the assessor to assess the compliance with the
respective MyCREST requirements.
7. Some roles and functions already included under the responsibility of design
engineers are not repeated under the roles of the CxE so as to maintain the status
quo of the design engineers. It is not the intention of MyCREST to reduce the roles
of design engineers. They shall remain as the principal party with the presence of
the CxE providing only a complementary role in ensuring effective implementation
of the energy-related commissioning system.
Qualifications of the Commissioning Engineer (CxE)

A Mechanical or an Electrical Professional Engineer with a Practice Certificate (PEPC)
registered with the Board of Engineers Malaysia (BEM); OR
A Mechanical or an Electrical Professional Engineer (PE) registered with the Board of
Engineers Malaysia (BEM) with at least 5 years of experience in design, construction, and
commissioning of the mechanical and electrical system; OR
108
MyCREST
A Registered Electrical Energy Manager (REEM) with the Energy Commission of Malaysia
with at least 5 years of experience on energy audit and energy management; OR
Any personnel that possesses relevant qualifications and experience that are approved
by MyCREST.
Approval of the applicant is based on a comprehensive review using the specific

evaluation criteria listed below:
1. Experience in successful commissioning of projects of various sizes and scopes,
including specific activities encompassing:
a. Design review and other pre-construction activities.
b. Construction activities.
c. Post-construction warranty phase activities.
2. Extensive experience in the design/design review of air conditioning and
mechanical ventilation (ACMV) systems and energy management control
systems.
3. Experience in the field of operation and troubleshooting of ACMV, lighting,
renewable and energy management control systems.
4. Direct experience in monitoring and analysing system operation using energy
management control system trending or stand-alone measuring and data
logging equipment.
5. Knowledge in building operation and maintenance and O&M.
6. Knowledge in testing and balancing of both air and water systems. Familiarity with
relevant codes/equivalent standard procedures and methods is required.
7. Possess verbal and written communication skills, highly organised, and able to
work with both management and trade contractors.
8. Experience in writing commissioning specifications.
9. Past experience as a key member of the team.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Appointment documentation of the Commissioning Engineer (CxE).
2. CV of the appointed CxE.
3. Submittal listed under the qualification of the CxE.
1. Final Commissioning report.

1. Efficiency Valuation Organization (EVO). (n.d.). International performance
measurement & verification protocol (IPMVP).
109
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EP10 Air Penetration EP 10 Cr
Division of Air-Conditioned and Non-Air-Conditioned Areas
Design Strategies for Minimum Air Infiltration/Penetration for Air- 2 Points
Conditioned Areas
Aims
To prepare adequate measures to avoid unregulated airflow for air-conditioned areas.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Ensure the separation and division of air-conditioned and non-air conditioned areas are
undertaken, and infiltration is controlled between these areas.
1 POINT:
Provide design strategies to minimise air leakage/air penetration for the air-conditioned
areas.
Justification
Air infiltration (also referred to as leakage) is the uncontrolled flow of fresh air through
gaps and cracks in a building envelope. Ventilation is a natural process that moves fresh
air into a building (usually from the outside) and removes stale air. Although it is an
important part of a healthy living environment, uncontrolled air infiltration can alter the
desired airflow patterns, temperature, and humidity conditions within a building.
Uncontrolled air infiltration can cause reduced air quality and comfort along with
reduced efficiency of a building’s ACMV system. Common locations of air infiltration
include door and window frames, a poorly insulated attic, electrical outlets, chimney
ducts, and plumbing penetrations.
Approach & Strategy

Effective area planning during the design stage is required to avoid unregulated airflow
for air-conditioned areas.
Reducing sources of unwanted air infiltration in a new building requires attention to the
building envelope. Reducing air infiltration into a building will allow for more efficient use
of the MVAC system, which may translate into energy saving if the strategy is
implemented properly. During the raining season, air exfiltration (or the loss of air from a
building) is more important. In fact, exfiltration accounts for 25% to 40% of the energy
used to run the MVAC system of a conventional building.
However, a better insulated and sealed building (sometimes referred to as

“weatherproofed”) will reduce both air infiltration and air exfiltration. Overall, the thermal
performance of a building—its ability to maintain a constant and desirable
temperature—is controlled by a combination of insulation, moisture control, ventilation,
and air sealing.
110
MyCREST
There are many strategies to reduce unwanted air infiltration , including air barriers,
sealants, tightly built doors and windows, and weather stripping. In general, these
strategies all serve as barriers to the movement of air through the envelope of a building.
Every crevice or hole in the building’s construction must be sealed to create a continuous
air barrier. This is in addition to constructing physical barriers to air movement and densely
packing insulation into wall cavities.
A blower door test can be used for quality control to test the air sealing of a new building.
The test involves temporarily fitting a fan into the building’s doorway and measuring the
rate of airflow needed to keep the building at a certain pressure. The controlled airflow
created by this procedure can be used to identify air leaks in a building’s envelope.
Therefore, minimising air infiltration should be considered in detail during the planning
and construction phases of any new building. It is also important that a properly sealed
building has an efficient ventilation system to ensure a healthy supply of fresh air (Refer
Figure 29.1 and 29.2).
Figure 29.1. Air lock entrance.
Figure 29.2. Air lock entrance.
Carbon Calculator
None
111
MyCREST
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Preliminary designs, displaying air-conditioned zones.
2. Schedule of Accommodation (SOA).
3. Plans displaying ante-room area labels, and air-conditioned and non-air-
conditioned areas.
4. Design drawing for air conditioning systems.
5. Concept design brief on the prevention of air leakage/air penetration for air-
conditioned areas.
1. As-built plans displaying ante-room area labels, and air-conditioned and non-air-
conditioned areas.
2. As-built drawing for air conditioning systems.

1. U.S. Department of Energy. (2012). Building technologies program air leakage
guide.
http://www.energycodes.gov/sites/default/files/documents/BECP_Buidling%20En
ergy%20Code%20Resource%20Guide%20Air%20Leakage%20Guide_Sept2011_v0
0_lores.pdf
112
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EP11 Building Energy Management System EP 11 Cr
Building Energy Management System 1 Point
Aims
To promote the use of an energy management system to integrate and monitor all
equipment in ensuring energy usage is monitored and controlled more efficiently.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Install an Energy Management System (EMS) within the building as per MS1525.
Justification
A building cannot be considered green if it is not energy efficient. The energy used by
buildings is mostly generated by burning fossil fuels, which release greenhouse gas
emission that contributes to climate change. No building should be defined as “green”
unless it consumes less energy and generates fewer greenhouse gas emissions than
average or conventional buildings. To manage energy consumption, the building shall
monitor and control the system efficiently.
The EMS should have three (3) main functions, namely control of equipment, monitoring
of equipment, and integration of equipment sub-systems as per MS1525.
Approach & Strategy

The installation of an energy monitoring management system must be decided at the
design stage.
This is to standardise indoor services and design requirements for integration into the
system at the design stage, as per the requirement and provision in MS1525.
Carbon Calculator
All energy calculations for this sub- All energy calculations for this sub-
criterion contribute to: criterion contribute to:
Calculator ID: EP-CAL01 Energy Model Calculator ID: EP-CAL02 Energy Model
Template Template - Verification
113
MyCREST
Submittals
1. Floor plan.
2. Circuit diagram.
3. Input-Output (I/O) Point.

114
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EP 12 Energy Efficient Unitary Air Conditioning Systems EP 12 Cr
Energy Efficiency from the Selection of Unitary Air Conditioning

1 Point
System
Aims
To reduce the energy consumption and at the same time to maintain the comfort and
performance for occupants in both temperature and noise level.
Requirements
Use energy-efficient split unit air conditioners to meet the following requirements:
1 POINT
Provide that all unitary air conditioning systems used are labelled “4 Star Energy Efficient”
by Energy Commission.
OR
The EER must follow the requirement of TIER 2 tabulated in CEE Commercial Unitary AC
and HP Specification: Unitary Air Conditioning Specification, 6 January 2012.
Justification
In Malaysia, energy is generated primarily through the use of electricity; hence, it is
essential to minimise building energy consumption in a holistic way. Apart from passive
design strategies, the application of energy-efficient split unit will reduce the energy
usage of a building. Meanwhile, a reduction of building energy consumption leads to a
direct reduction of CO2 emissions.
Approach & Strategy

Use a product picked from Energy Commission’s list on their official website.
Please refer to this link:
http://www.st.gov.my/index.php/ms/consumer/electricity/efficient-use-of-
electricity/energy-efficient-products.html
Inverter Technology
Through advanced technology, inverter air conditioners are more economical to
operate and quieter to run than conventional units. They can handle greater extremes
in temperature, are smoother and more stable in operation, and can reach the desired
temperature more quickly than conventional air conditioners.
Inverter Control
The inverter component allows the outdoor unit to vary its speed and output to match
the required capacity of the indoor unit. Thus, the inverter model can achieve 30% more
operating efficiency than conventional models and therefore, is much less expensive to
run.
115
MyCREST
Quiet Operation
A unit to include a quiet fan speed (“Quiet Mode”) to make sure the noise level is
maintained.
Performance Indicator and Testing Standards for Air Conditioners

The energy performance of electrical equipment can be checked at the nameplate.
Air conditioners have an Energy Efficiency Ratio (EER). EER indicates the conversion
efficiency of the equipment; the higher the value, the more efficient the appliance is.
The EER of an air conditioner denotes the ratio of the cooling capacity to the power input
(watt).
1. EER is based on tests done in accordance with MS ISO 5151 (Non-ducted air
conditioners and heat pump: performance indicator and testing standard).
2. The tests can be either Balanced Type Calorimeter or Psychometric Type.
3. The tested capacity value must be at least 90% of that declared by the
manufacturer.
4. The EER is calculated as shown below:
116
MyCREST
1. The Star ratings based on the EER values are indicated below:
a) Cooling capacity < 4.5 kW
Star Rating EER Value (Btu/h/w)
5 ≥ 11.94
4 11.16–11.93
3 10.37–11.15
2 9.56–10.3
1 9.00–9.55
b) ≤ 7.1 kW
Star Rating EER Value (Btu/h/w)
5 ≥ 10.71
4 9.83–10.70
3 8.94–9.82
2 8.03–8.93
7.50–8.02
1
Carbon Calculator
Calculator ID: EP-CAL01 Energy Model Calculator ID: EP-CAL02Energy Model
117
MyCREST
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. A plan showing the location of the unitary air conditioning system.
2. Unitary air conditioning system detail drawing.
3. Product brochure including specifications and energy efficient label from Energy
Commission.
1. As-built plan showing the location of the unitary air conditioning system.
2. Product brochure of the installed unitary air conditioning, including specifications
and energy efficient label from Energy Commission.

1. Energy Commission. (n.d.). The energy efficient label.
2. Energy Commission. (n.d.). Your guide to energy efficiency at home.
3. Consortium for Energy Efficiency (CEE). (2012). CEE commercial unitary AC and HP
specification: Unitary air conditioning specification.
118
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EP13 Building Energy Efficiency Performance EP 13 Cr
Assess Building Energy Performance by Comparing the Baseline
and Proposed Figure, and Assess Carbon Emission from Energy 40 Points
Production Through Simulation.
Aims
The aim is to achieve significant levels of energy efficiency above the average building
energy performance by comparing the baseline and the proposed energy consumption
levels.
Requirements
Assess building energy performance by comparing the baseline and the proposed figure
and assess carbon emission from energy production through static or dynamic simulation.
Percentage Reduction from

Points
Baseline (%)
6 2
9 4
12 6
15 8
18 10
21 12
24 14
27 16
30 18
33 20
36 22
39 24
42 26
45 28
48 30
51 32
54 34
57 36
60 38
63 40
119
MyCREST
Justification
The burning of fossil fuels is the single largest contributor to global climate change as well
as contributing to a host of toxic emissions that directly affect communities in the local
and global context. Rising energy prices also impose a significant economic imperative
that requires careful examination to understand how best to significantly reduce the
energy demand. A building cannot be considered green if it is not energy efficient. The
energy used by buildings is mostly generated by the burning of fossil fuels, which release
greenhouse gas emissions that contribute to climate change. No building should be
defined as “green” unless it consumes less energy and generates fewer greenhouse gas
emissions than average or conventional buildings.
Approach & Strategy

Demonstrate 6% or more of energy savings improvement for new buildings in the
proposed building performance rating compared to the baseline building performance
rating through a whole building project simulation:
1. Meet the baseline requirements.
2. Maximise passive strategies and opportunities such as the orientation of the
main façade to north/south to reduce the heat impact transferred into the
building. Minimise the opening at the east/west façade.
3. Optimise facade systems such as install low-E glass and shading device at the
east/west facade.
4. Install efficient mechanical equipment.
Proposed: Actual Design

The energy saving is equal to carbon emission reduction.
Either Static Calculation or Dynamic Simulation is acceptable for submission.
Project teams must demonstrate whether through Static Simulation or Dynamic

Simulation that their proposed design has achieved at least 6% saving above the
baseline.
All the characteristics, requirements, and parameters of the Baseline model are based
on basic characteristics derived from MS 1525. The characteristics of the baseline model
must follow the MyCREST requirements and are as outlined in the MyCREST BASELINE
MODELLING GUIDE in Appendix 2 at the end of this guide. Amongst these parameters
are:
1. Passive Design:
Baseline must achieve a minimum of: OTTV = 50 W /m2, RTTV = 25W /m2 (with
skylights and minimum U-values for roof) as stated in MS 1525.
The following characteristics are additional characteristics of the baseline model:
W indows
W WR = 50% and must be evenly distributed on ALL facades.
120
MyCREST
2. Active Design:
Equipment
The active design shall follow the minimum requirement for OTTV, RTTV, lighting,
and ACMV components and equipment under items 5, 6, 7, and 8 of MS 1525.
Details of the modelling guideline can be referred to in Appendix 2.
Baseline spaces by space Lighting Power Density (LPD) are as stated in EP4
ACMV Basis of Design must comply with ASHRAE 62.1 and ASHRAE 55.
For the proposed design, the naturally ventilated (NV) area s and strategies can be
included as an energy efficiency strategy to gain EP points by making a comparison
between the baseline (fully air-conditioned space) and the proposed design (naturally
ventilated space). The naturally ventilated spaces must be occupied spaces such as the
lobby, café, restaurant, atrium, and rest areas. Unoccupied spaces such as toilets,
storage, and corridors are not eligible for inclusion in the comparison. NV spaces must
not be more than 20% of the occupied areas and can only count towards the
achievement of a maximum of 2 points under MyCREST. Based on the space function, it
must fulfil the requirements listed in:
a. Criterion EP12 (non-AC energy scorecard in MyCREST Design scorecard) sub-
criteria EP12.3, EP12.4, EP12.5, EP12.6, EP12.8, EP12.9, and EP12.10; OR
b. Articles 4.6.2, 4.6.3, and 5.9 of MS 1525
Apart from that, renewable energy sources such as solar panels can also be used to
reduce energy and achieve savings above the baseline energy level as long as within
the project boundary and owned by the same owner. Savings are calculated based on
kW h and not costs.
Consultant engineers are required to run their heat load calculation based on two
models, the baseline and their design. Basically, MyCREST requires teams to adjust the
heat load calculations to comply with OTTV equal to 50 W /m² and RTTV equal to 25 W /m².
Once the required OTTV and RTTV are achieved, the consultant needs to input the
energy consumption in the Baseline Calculation.
For this sub-criterion, the baseline is according to the requirements of MS 1525. For active
design, process load energy consumption should be the same for both the baseline and
actual design.
Project teams can include NV areas in their savings calculation provided that they can
demonstrate that in a typical building of a similar function, occupancy, and type, this
space is normally or typically air conditioned. These are only areas with high occupancy
such as cafes and ground floor lobbies.
They must demonstrate that they have complied with all airflow and ventilation points
under “NON-AC building scorecard” including CFD simulation and verification to ensure
both adequate airflow and thermal comfort are achieved in the spaces (refer Figure 30).
121
MyCREST
Figure 30. Use of smaller WWR (window to wall ratio, shading devices) and specification of glass.
Carbon Calculator
All energy calculations for this sub-criterion All energy calculations for this sub-criterion
contribute to: contribute to:

1. Quantity and load.
2. Group diversity factor (DF).
3. Operational hours.
Submittals
Design Assessment:
2. Energy Static Calculation/Dynamic Simulation report.
1. Final energy performance verification report.
2. EM/BMS output or overall energy audit report.

1. Standard and Industrial Research Institute of Malaysia (SIRIM Berhad). (2014 ).
122
MyCREST
123
MyCREST
MyCREST EP (Energy Performance)

Criteria Scorecard
FOR NON-AIR-CONDITIONED
BUILDING
(Air-Conditioned Areas of Less Than 50% of

Total Gross Floor Area [GFA] Excluding Car
Parks and Common Areas)
124
MyCREST
INTRODUCTION
MyCREST offers an alternative version of the Design tool and system for what is defined
as “non-air-conditioned buildings”. Generally, in a tropical climate, there are selected
building functions and types which are predominantly naturally ventilated with the use
of mechanical fans. This provision in MyCREST allows projects teams to utilise a specific
scorecard which gains EP (Energy performance) points without demonstrating the EP
points through baseline and proposed design calculations.
MyCREST only allows the use of these exceptional scoring for EP points if the following are
demonstrated:
1. The building typologies are from the following:

a. Residential quarters.
b. Mosques and religious buildings.
c. Nursery and childcare centres.
d. Schools.
e. Resort buildings.
f. R&R buildings.
g. Community halls.
h. Dormitories and residential colleges.
i. Open cafes and shophouses.
Essentially these are buildings where the majority of functional and occupied spaces are
naturally ventilated with mechanical assistance such as fans when needed.
2. The building has an estimated value or ratio of 50:50 of occupied areas representing
the ratio between air-conditioned areas and non-air-conditioned areas.
In MYCREST, a non-air-conditioned building is defined as when the air-conditioned
occupied areas represent 50 per cent of the gross occupied areas or less. The non-air-
conditioned areas are defined as “occupied areas” that are bounded by walls and
roof/ceiling but naturally ventilated.
To calculate this ratio, unoccupied areas consisting of toilets, storerooms, patios, and
verandas should not be included in this definition.
MyCREST gives a prescriptive requirement to these typologies for the non-air-

conditioned sub-criterion listed in EP16: Heat Gain Control and Comfort through
Natural Ventilation replaces the “energy simulation” criterion listed in the MyCREST
New Construction (air-conditioned) scorecard.
In summary, in MyCREST, a building can use the non-AC scoring systems for EP points if
“the building has equal to or less than 50 per cent of its occupied areas air-conditioned
and which utilises decentralised units such as split units and fan coil units to air condition
its AC spaces”.
125
MyCREST
Should a building fulfil the above ratio requirement but its air-conditioned spaces are
served by a central chiller and these air-conditioned occupied areas are more than 20
per cent of its gross occupied area, then the air-conditioned scorecard and all its
requirements and prerequisites—including Static or Dynamic Simulation and energy
template submission—must still apply and be used to gain the EP points.
The non-air-conditioned areas can contribute to a maximum of two (2) points only and
essentially must comply with the requirements and link to the natural ventilation strategy,
as outlined in the non-air-conditioned scorecard EP16: Heat Gain Control and Comfort
through Natural Ventilation.
In principle, the non-air-conditioned scorecard in MyCREST assessment consists of the

following:
a. Non-air-conditioned areas must comply with primary passive strategies using
natural ventilation, including optimum orientation to reduce heat gain and wind
diversion for comfort. This includes massing of building and spatial design to induce
airflow and achieve minimum standards of thermal comfort.
b. Air-conditioned areas must comply with the selection of air conditioning units
based on the minimum efficiency requirement outlined in sub-criterion EP12:
Energy Efficient Unitary Air Conditioning System based on labelling by Energy
Commission.
126
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EP14 ENERGY EFFICIENCY – PERFORMANCE AND ASSESSMENT EP 14 Cr
Use Energy Efficient Equipment and Submit the Annual Predicted
Performance (BEI) of Energy Systems for a Non-Air-Conditioned 1 Point
Building
Aims
To assess and report the energy usage and energy performance of MyCREST-defined
“non-air-conditioned buildings”; AND
To achieve higher levels of building energy performance and reduce annual energy
consumption and environmental impacts associated with excessive energy usage
throughout the whole life of a building.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Use energy-efficient equipment for air-conditioned space areas (if any) in a non-air-
conditioned building with either a minimum of 3-Star Rating AND an EER of more than 11;
AND
Submit the annual predicted performance of energy systems based on conventional
schedules for a non-air-conditioned building.
Justification
The criterion outlines the minimum efficiency requirement of installed systems such as split
units or DX units. It also requires the predicted annual operating energy consumption of
a non-air-conditioned building. Reducing the use of non-renewable energy contributes
to the overall building environmental performance. In Malaysia, energy generation is
primarily through the use of electricity. A reduction of building energy consumption leads
to a direct reduction of CO2 emissions; hence, it is essential to minimise building energy
consumption in a holistic way.
Approach & Strategy

Based on Electricity Regulations 1994 (Amendments 2013) Regulation 101A (3)
“Any equipment that meets all the requirements of efficient use of electricity under sub
regulation (1) shall be affixed with an efficiency rating label in such form and manner as
may be determined by the Commission.”
All manufacturers and importers of the following products: television, refrigerator,

domestic fan, and air conditioner, must affix the Energy Efficiency Label onto the product
before it can be sold to the customer.
127
MyCREST
The Energy Efficiency Label
Energy Efficiency Labelling Guideline for Air Conditioners

a. Size Specification
b. Label Usage Option
c. Calculation Guideline
d. 2-Star Label
e. 3-Star Label
f. 4-Star Label
g. 5-Star Label
Energy Efficiency Labelling Guideline for Domestic Fans

b. Label usage option
d. 2-Star Label
e. 3-Star Label
f. 4-Star Label
g. 5-Star Label
Energy Efficiency Labelling Guideline for Refrigerators

d. 2-Star Label
e. 3-Star Label
f. 4-Star Label
g. 5-Star Label
128
MyCREST
Energy Efficiency Labelling Guideline for Televisions

d. 2-Star Label
e. 3-Star Label
f. 4-Star Label
g. 5-Star Label
Each air conditioner has an energy efficiency rating that lists how many BTUs per hour are
used for each watt of power it draws.
For room air conditioners, this rating is the Energy Efficiency Ratio (EER). For central air
conditioners, this rating is the Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio (SEER).
These ratings are posted on an Energy Guide Label, which must be attached in a visible
place on all new air conditioners. Many AC manufacturers are voluntary participants in
the Energy Star labelling program. Energy Star-labelled appliances indicate high EER and
SEER ratings.
How is EER calculated?

The air conditioner’s EER is its British thermal units (BTU) rating over its wattage. For
example, if a 10,000-BTU air conditioner consumes 1,200 watts, its rating is 8.3 (10,000
BTU/1,200 watts). The higher the rating, the more efficient the air conditioning unit.
However, a higher rating is usually accompanied by a higher price.
The annual operating energy consumption of energy systems for a non-air-conditioned

building is aimed at quantifying the energy end-use and apportioning for all electrical,
mechanical, and thermal systems for which either electrical or thermal energy is installed
and used in the building. Quantify the energy usage for each system used in providing
lighting, air conditioning, ventilation, heating (water), and air circulation.
Carbon Calculator
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. A summary of the annual total building energy consumption and an input
parameter.
2. Major building layout, elevation drawings, features, building equipment , and
system information required for energy simulation.
3. BEI calculation.
129
MyCREST

130
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EP15 Building Energy Efficiency Performance EP 15 Cr
Assess Building Energy Performance by Comparing the Baseline
and Proposed Figure, and Assess Carbon Emission from Energy 2 Points
Production Through Simulation
Aims
The aim is to achieve significant levels of energy efficiency above the average building
energy performance by comparing the baseline and the proposed energy consumption
levels.
Requirements
Assess building energy performance by comparing the baseline and the proposed figure
and assess carbon emission from energy production through static or dynamic simulation.
Percentage Reduction from Baseline (%) Points

6 2
Justification
The burning of fossil fuels is the single largest contributor to global climate change as well
as contributing to a host of toxic emissions that directly affect communities in the local
and global context. Rising energy prices also impose a significant economic imperative
that requires careful examination to understand how best to significantly reduce the
energy demand. A building cannot be considered green if it is not energy efficient. The
energy used by buildings is mostly generated by the burning of fossil fuels, which release
greenhouse gas emissions that contribute to climate change. No building should be
defined as “green” unless it consumes less energy and generates fewer greenhouse gas
emissions than average or conventional buildings.
Approach & Strategy

Demonstrate 6% or more energy savings improvement for new buildings in the proposed
building performance rating compared to the baseline building performance rating
through a whole building project simulation.
131
MyCREST
Carbon Calculator

1. Quantity and load.
2. Group diversity factor (DF).
3. Operational hours.
Submittals
Design Assessment:
2. Energy Static Calculation/Dynamic Simulation report.

None
132
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EP16 Heat Gain Control and Comfort Through Natural Ventilation EP 16.1 Ci
16.1 Open Plan 2 Points
Aims
To increase the potential of wind-induced ventilation through the building form.
Requirements
2 POINTS:
1. If the layout design is a fragmented and polygonal form, provide a layout design
of the building that demonstrates an open layout and a more fragmented design
as compared to a conventional compact option.
2. If the layout design is “mono-shape” compact such as a circular or square-like
form or a rectangular form, then demonstrate that the design maximises its aspect
ratio values towards the prevailing wind conditions at the site with the intention of
“catching” the prevailing wind into the internal environment, while demonstrating
the provision of adequate solar control.
3. In a tight urban infill where a project has tight site constraints, the strategies of
maximising the openings towards prevailing winds and encouraging and
integrating the introduction of building features that divert wind speeds are
encouraged.
Justification
An open plan provides ventilation (outdoor air) that ensures safe, healthy, and
comfortable conditions for building occupants. W hen carefully designed, natural
ventilation can reduce building construction and operation costs, and reduce the
energy consumption for air conditioning.
Approach & Strategy

In general, designing for natural ventilation in the tropics necessitates an “open system”
to encourage maximum air movement in order to achieve acceptable indoor comfort
under hot, humid conditions. Designing for air conditioning, on the other hand, requires
a diametrically opposed approach to design—towards a “closed” system or “compact”
design—to minimise infiltration, thus minimising the energy expenditure. In summary,
designing for natural ventilation requires open facades, cross ventilation, shallow plans,
and a high surface-to-volume ratio as shown in Figure 31.
To assist cooling effects and increase cross ventilation for comfort cooling of occupants,
Givoni (1998: p. 388) confirms:
133
MyCREST
“A building plan which is considered as ‘ideal’ for a hot-humid climate is a detached

elongated building with a single row of rooms with openings (window and doors) in two
opposite walls. Such an arrangement enables the cross-ventilation of each individual
room independently of others.”
Figure 31. A fragmented form.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. A narrative of the open plan nature of the proposed building layout plan.
2. A conceptual diagram showing the direction of wind flow in line with the
orientation and the potential of catching prevailing winds at the site.
3. A layout plan that demonstrates the principles above.
1. Demonstrate compliance with the committed design specifications, making
reference to the as-built drawings.

134
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
16.2 Orientation of Building Layout and Major Openings 2 Points
Aims
W hen it is not possible to divert or catch the wind from all directions, then the minimum is
not to obstruct the prevailing wind. If it is not possible through form and opening design,
then specific features should be integrated into the design that can divert and take into
account the prevailing winds.
Requirements
2 POINTS:
Ensure the orientation of the building layout and major openings is according to the
prevailing regime of localised wind as indicated by the wind rose of a location by:
1. Providing an analysis of prevailing wind conditions at the building site either in the
form of:
a. W ind rose.
b. Frequency analysis tabulation.
c. Long-term measurement of local data or from the nearest meteorological
station.
Note: Approximate wind directions summarised in seasonal “wind rose” diagrams
must be obtained from what is available from the nearest Meteorological
Department. If data are taken at stations that are far from the building site, actual
values at a remote building site can differ dramatically.
2. Demonstrating the overall layout in terms of:

a. Building massing.
b. Building envelope.
c. Location of openings.
EITHER
Does not obstruct the prevailing winds on-site; OR
Involve a building feature/mechanism or strategy such as wind wall, scoop,
and location of openings that can divert the prevailing winds.
3. Providing a summarised description of any surrounding obstructions in terms of:

a. Existing buildings around the proposed site.
b. Future planned developments and buildings around the site.
c. Large vegetation or any other obstruction.
135
MyCREST
Justification
Optimum orientation of a building layout and massing will improve the circulation of
natural ventilation (outdoor air) to achieve acceptable comfort conditions. When
carefully designed, natural ventilation can reduce building construction costs, operation
costs, and energy consumption.
Approach & Strategy

Approximate wind directions must be summarised in the seasonal “wind rose” diagrams
available from the nearest Meteorological Department, as data taken at met stations
and airports far from the site can result in dramatically different actual values at a remote
building site.
This also pertains to high-rise residential buildings. Hence, the project must demonstrate
how its overall form and general disposition of service core, staircases and lifts, the
orientation of the building, glazing and shading systems including the use of fins to divert
wind, the use of recessed balconies, and the integration of multi-storey atria and
projections can result in wind-induced ventilation. The aim is to generate air movement
while maintaining adequate comfort, where the “bioclimatic” element is manipulated
to achieve higher energy savings yet ensure acceptable or better thermal comfort in the
tropics as illustrated in Figure 32.
Figure 32. Example of a wind rose.
Carbon Calculator
None
136
MyCREST
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. A summation or a concise description of weather data on the direction of
prevailing winds based on the above in terms of:
a. Range of magnitude.
b. Direction.
c. Average wind speed value averaged from the last 3–20 years of data of winds
on-site.
2. W ind rose data or frequency of winds tabulation.
3. Submission of a drawing which includes a superimposition of the layout/plan of
the proposed design on a wind rose diagram or visual of wind direction frequency
on-site to demonstrate the alignment of the orientation of the building on the main
cardinal points and the pattern of prevailing winds.

137
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
16.3 Design for Cross Ventilation 2 Points
Aims
Cross ventilation represents one of the most effective forms of ventilation from a thermal
comfort and occupants’ health viewpoint.
Requirements
2 POINTS:
Occupied Areas
The layout design should provide openings on opposite sides and attempt to limit any
individual room depth from the window wall to a maximum of 6 meters. Beyond 6 meters,
for typical rooms, cross ventilation may not be effective at average wind speeds.
However, this point can be achieved if the majority of the occupied NV spaces are not
more than 15 meters of maximum depth for spaces with opposite facing openings.
The design must prove that this is achieved for at least 70 per cent of the occupied areas.
However, within 6–15 meters, cross ventilation can still be effective provided that:
1. Openings are located at “opposite ends of the occupied space”.
2. The locations of openings do not result in short circuiting of natural airflow in the
room.
3. The openings are located to sufficiently ventilate at normal human height; this can
effectively result in airflow at the body height to achieve thermal comfort.
Transitional and Common Areas

Openings must be provided:
1. At opposite ends of such spaces.
2. However, comfort is not critical as in occupied areas; hence points (2) and (3)
above are encouraged but not crucial.
Justification
Design for cross ventilation provides ventilation (outdoor air) to ensu re safe, healthy, and
ventilation can reduce building construction costs, operation costs, and the energy
consumed for air conditioning.
Approach & Strategy

Designing for cross ventilation in buildings allows for passive cooling and reduces the
reliance on air conditioning. Like all natural ventilation principles, the cross ventilation
138
MyCREST
principle is based on the requirement of ensuring a fresh and comfortable indoor climate.
This is done with minimal energy consumption and at low costs as depicted in Figure 33.
Figure 33. Example of layout and location of openings.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Building layout.
2. Building section.
3. Conceptual design of airflow ingress and egress.

139
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
16.4 Provide Operable Windows 2 Points
Aims
W indows must be operable by occupants to facilitate natural ventilation when needed.
Requirements
2 POINTS:
1. Provide operable windows in ALL occupied areas.
2. W indow openings should be operable by the occupants.
Justification
Operable windows provide ventilation (outdoor air) to ensure safe, healthy , and
Approach & Strategy

Operable windows can be part of an effective natural ventilation strategy when applied
using the recommendations in Carbon Trust Good Practices Guide 237 and ASHRAE 62.1.
W indows can even be equipped with motorised mechanical operators, which allow the
opening and closing modes to be controlled.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Building plan.
2. Detail window drawing with type.

140
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EP 16 Heat Gain Control and Comfort Through Natural Ventilation EP 16.5 Ci
16.5 Demonstrate Adequate Internal Airflow Through Interior

2 Points
Layout Design
Aims
In addition to the primary consideration of airflow in and out of a building, airflow
between rooms in the building is important. W hen possible, interior doors should be
designed to be open to encourage whole-building ventilation. If privacy is required,
ventilation can be provided through high louvres or transoms.
Requirements
2 POINTS:
Allow for adequate internal airflow.
Justification
Adequate internal airflow improves the circulation of air to create safe, healthy, and
Approach & Strategy

In addition to the primary consideration of airflow in and out of a building, airflow
between rooms in the building is important. W hen possible, interior doors should be
designed to be open to encourage whole-building ventilation. If privacy is required,
ventilation can be provided through high louvres or transoms.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Documentation verification.

1. Standard and Industrial Research Institute of Malaysia (SIRIM Berh ad). (2014).
141
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
16.6 Design Clerestories or Vented Skylights 2 Points
Aims
W here skylights are designed, these must be optimised based on solar heat gain control,
thermal comfort requirement, and ventilation aims.
Requirements
2 POINTS:
Design Clerestories or Vented Skylights
A clerestory will provide an opening for stale air to escape in a buoyancy ventilation
system. The light well of the skylight could also act as a solar escape to augment the flow.
Openings lower in the structure, such as basement windows, must be provided to
complete the ventilation system.
Justification
Clerestories or vented skylights are high level windows that help to exhaust hot air under
hot & humid conditions, reduce internal heat gain, and create thermal stratification in a
multi-volume space to ensure healthy and comfortable conditions for building
occupants. W hen carefully designed, such natural ventilation strategies can work
effectively under hot & humid conditions and reduce operational costs and energy
consumption.
Approach & Strategy

Many times, under hot conditions, heat is trapped within a space as no exhaust openings
are provided at higher levels of the space. The characteristic of air is buoyancy, whereby
hotter air tends to move upwards and accumulates at higher levels. Hence, the use of
clerestory windows contributes to reducing hot trapped air during the day. Additionally,
high-level windows provide daylight during the day and reduce electric lighting. Though
they are typically fixed, they can be made operable, providing a means of cross
ventilation for a building. Clerestory windows increase the amount of natural sunlight in
the building, and they can also be installed in a thoughtful manner, depending on the
level of heat gain desired.
Figures 34.1–34.4 provides examples of the skylight vent design option.
142
MyCREST
sun
OPTION 01- thermal chimney - sketch
Figure 34.1. The proposed chimney option.
Figure 34.2. The proposed 2nd option.
sun
view view
OPTION 03- Direct parch cover - sketch
Figure 34.3. The proposed 3rd option.
Figure 34.4. The proposed 4th option.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Conceptual diagram showing the predicted air movement by the stack effect
and the location of air outlets and inlets.
2. The highlighted area affected by stack effect on the layout plan.
3. Narrative on the predicted mechanism of the skylight vent during the day and at
night time.
4. Layout plan and sectional drawings.
5. Detail section of the vent.
143
MyCREST

144
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
16.7 Provide Roof Space Ventilation: 2 Points
Aims
To reduce heat gain through the roof.
Requirements
2 POINTS:
Provide roof ventilation passively or actively:
In buildings with attics or spaces at the underside of roofs, ventilating the attic space
greatly reduces the heat transfer to conditioned rooms below. Ventilated attics are
about 30°F cooler than unventilated attics.
Justification
Attic ventilation helps to reduce internal heat gain in ensuring safe, healthy, and
ventilation can reduce building construction costs, operation costs, and energy
consumption through air conditioning.
Approach & Strategy

To effectively lower the temperature in an attic, air circulation is necessary. Soffit and
vents provide a way for cooler air from outside the house to enter into the attic through
normal air circulation and natural convection process, thus, moving hot air out. As the
cool air enters at the lower part of the roof through the soffit vents and the air circulates,
it picks up the heat and the fan pushes it outside as illustrated in Figure 35.
One of the reasons for ventilating roof spaces is that during the year under hot conditions,
heat and moisture accumulate in every attic. When left uncontrolled, the excessive heat
and moisture often result in significant damage to the roof, hence, structure-reducing its
normal life expectancy.
Figure 35. Airflow to the ridge vent.

145
MyCREST
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:

146
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EP 16 Heat Gain Control and Comfort Through Natural Ventilation EP 16.8 Ci
16.8 Provision of Fan-Assisted Cooling Strategies 2 Points
Aims
To improve indoor air conditions.
Requirements
2 POINTS:
Provide fan-assisted cooling strategies:
Ceiling and whole-building fans can provide up to 9°F effective temperature drop at
one-tenth the electrical energy consumption of mechanical air conditioning systems.
Justification
Fan-assisted cooling strategies help to reduce internal heat gain in ensuring safe, healthy,
and comfortable conditions for building occupants. W hen carefully designed, natural
consumed through air conditioning.
Approach & Strategy

Ceiling and whole-building fans can provide up to 9°F effective temperature drop at
one-tenth the electrical energy consumption of mechanical air conditioning systems. This
is achieved by either increasing the airflow or lowering the heat gain so that natural
ventilation can effectively cool the spaces in the building.
Mechanical cooling and ventilation systems will be used to supplement natural

ventilation. By lowering heat gains, less airflow will be required to remove the heat, thus
reducing the need for mechanical cooling systems.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
147
MyCREST

148
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
16.9 Recesses and Deep Shading of Facades for Reduction in

2 Points
Solar Heat Gain
Aims
To ensure the reduction of heat gain for comfort in a hot climate.
Requirements
2 POINTS:
Up to 50 per cent of eastern and western facing glazed openings are recessed, shaded
with deep overhangs (more than 1 m), or have self-shading mechanisms including
strategies such as projection of overhead balconies, cantilevers, and use of veranda and
patios.
Justification
Due to the fast pace of development, current designs have not adequately considered
the impact of deep recesses in buildings. Vernacular buildings in the tropics have
integrated verandas and patios. The insertion of deep recesses can obstruct peak solar
gain and impact during the day from the incidence of direct sunlight on exposed walls
and windows. Direct sunlight not only elevates solar gain through glazed openings but
also is absorbed by thermal mass such as a concrete wall,and reradiated back into
internal spaces during the night time. Hence, this basic passive strategy must be
considered as the incorporation of deep balconies such as veranda s and patios on any
eastern or western exposed walls and glazed openings of a building will reduce heat
gain both through conduction and radiation.
W alls, in particular masonry walls and glazed openings, are sources of heat gain due to
conductive and radioactive processes as thermal mass impacts of masonry act to
absorb the heat and the greenhouse impact of glass traps in the incoming solar
radiation. Traditional and vernacular architecture in this region highlights and
demonstrates the use of deep recesses, which are important strategies for achieving
both thermal comfort and the reduction of heat gain incident on masonry walls in times
when air conditioning was non-existent. Due to modernisation, many of these principles
have been neglected. Daily and annual heat gain and absorption will be effectively
reduced if these walls were protected from daily exposure to solar radiation.
Approach & Strategy

This point is awarded if up to 20 per cent or more of the east- and west-facing walls or
glazed openings are either recessed or shaded with deep overhangs (more than 1 m),
or have self-shading mechanisms including strategies such as projection of overhead
balconies, cantilevers, or self-shading from the optimum location and correct
dimensioning of projections from verandas and patios.
149
MyCREST
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:

150
MyCREST
ENERGY PERFORMANCE IMPACTS DESIGN

16.10 Prediction of Thermal Comfort in Buildings 2 Points
Aims
To minimise energy usage while achieving an acceptable level of comfort, and to
enhance occupants’ satisfaction and well-being.
Requirements
Use an acceptable multi-zonal analysis tool to calculate the air change and predict
comfort in buildings. Through the use of commercially available and MyCREST-
recognised CFD (computational fluid dynamics) tool:
1 POINT:
Based on local wind data and distribution analysis, undertake analysis with CFD
simulation to show the distribution of natural ventilation through a selection of occupied
areas throughout an average day including the calculation of volume flow rate within
the spaces.
1 POINT:
Prove sufficient natural ventilation or show performance improvements by simulating the
effect of wind walls, towers, scoop, stacks, or massing of buildings.
Justification
Energy savings can be achieved through the utilisation of natural ventilation. However,
thermal comfort must be assured during periods of low air level. CFD analysis can show
the actual situation of natural ventilation throughout the year. This information is useful in
considering alternative designs with better passive systems or in considering mechanical
ventilation. CFD simulation is an important tool in predicting the performance of such
measurements.
Approach & Strategy

1. Predict external pressures around the building and show the ventilation flow rate
Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) system is concerned with the numerical
simulation of airflow and heat transfer. It gives building designers the information
they need for detailed predictions of airflow and heat transfer processes in and
around building spaces, taking into account boundary conditions such as the
effects of climate, internal energy sources, and MVAC systems.
The use of averaged wind data will be essential as the wind situation varies across
the day. Show the pressure variation and flow rate through the building's openings
throughout the day using averaged wind data. Provide a framework where
valuable information on wind, including velocity and surface pressure distributions,
can be analysed. It also provides a platform for the applications for rapid
151
MyCREST
development in “virtual” wind tunnel modelling based on CFD techniques and

visualisation techniques in the Malaysian context.
To analyse interior conditions, CFD must also take into account the environment
around, within, and over building and urban forms surrounding the project.
The following parameters should be assessed and displayed:

Room air distribution, pressure regime, temperature profile, and external wind.
Successive simulation runs should be undertaken to study the impact in terms of

occupant comfort, indoor temperature, and vertical and horizontal distribution of
airflow. These require many simulation runs, advanced computing capability, and
time. Moreover, the output of the simulation in terms of visualisation has to be
projected and discussed in a team in order to optimise the conflicting
requirements and balance the positive and negative impact of strategic
decisions.
Zone analysis can also be used to analyse infiltration and natural ventilation in
buildings. A zone airflow model is used to calculate the bulk air movement in and
through the building, driven by wind- and buoyancy-induced pressures.
2. Predict internal cross ventilation or stack effect in at least 50 per cent of the main
occupied areas of the building
One of the focuses of this point is to demonstrate the effectiveness of wind
penetration into internal spaces and rooms such as occupied rooms, corridors,
internal light wells, gaps between buildings, and courtyards. Another focus is to
assess the comfort implications of a series of “what if” options with respect to the
building form. As a result, a closed plan can be developed into a more open
design. It is, therefore, possible to investigate the wind penetration into elements
such as internal light wells, gaps between buildings, and courtyards. By assessing
the comfort implications of a series of “what if” options with respect to the building
form, a closed plan can be developed into a more open design, while at the same
time ensuring air movement and enlivening the internal environments.
Ventilation Simulation Methodology and Requirements

Natural ventilation simulation shall be carried out using computational fluid dynamics
(CFD) modelling to identify the most effective building design and layout for the
development. The simulation results and recommendations derived are to be adopted
to meet the intent of the criterion.
The CFD modelling shall be carried out using validated software. The CFD solver shall
have the minimum capability of solving the Navier-Stokes fluid flow equations for three-
dimensional incompressible flows at steady state on a body-conforming computational
grid. Turbulence modelling shall also be included with the minimum requirement of using
the standard k-Ɛ turbulence model, coupled with standard wall function.
152
MyCREST
For external pressure simulation, the computational domain shall include the
development of interest, and the characteristics of the immediate surroundings and
buildings reside within the proximity of a minimum of 3 times or more of the length of the
longest distance measured across the boundary of the development. In the event that
the building and surrounding development are located on hilly terrain, topography
information shall be included in the simulation models. The computational domain shall
be further extended from the outer edge of the proximity regions to the boun dary such
that it would not result in non-physical airflow solution after the solution has converged.
The computational domain shall also be aligned along with the wind flow direction. The
domain height shall be extended, approximately 3 times the height of the tallest building
within the defined vicinity.
The computational grid generated for all simulations should resolve the salient flow
features in apartment units and around the development. As a guide, the dimension of
the computational element should be set at 0.1 to 0.2 m in an apartment unit, 0.5 to 1.0
m at all buildings and ground level, and 10 m at the far-field boundary with a minimum
of 50 m away from the ground.
Based on the local climatic wind condition, meteorological data on the prevailing wind
direction and velocity of the proposed site location for at least three prevailing wind
directions shall be used for the CFD simulation. Examples of the prevailing wind condition
such as the following mean speed and direction shall be taken from the table below. The
inbound vertical wind profile shall be assumed to be given by the logarithmic law with a
reference height of 10 m.
The CFD results must be compiled and tabulated, and included in a report which
highlights the following:
a. Geometrical model including
i. Isometric view of the model.
ii. Domain size used.
iii. Plan and 3D isometric model.
b. Simulation settings.
i. Boundary conditions.
ii. CFD software/models used/numerical scheme.
iii. Mesh/cell sizing.
iv. Solution control-convergence criteria.
c. Results and discussions.
i. Pressure and velocity vector salient findings.
ii. Average wind velocity within each selected unit, where applicable.
iii. Highlight areas with good natural ventilation.
d. Conclusion.
e. The following plots are to be placed in the appendices.
i. Simulation results for each direction.
ii. Static pressure (plan view-ground & mid-elevation, isometric views on
building facade).
153
MyCREST
iii. Velocity vector and contour, showing the plan view at ground & mid-
elevation of the building.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Prediction of external pressures around the building.
2. The CFD output and analysis report.

154
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
OCCUPANT AND HEALTH
POINT
OH Req1 Air Quality Performance OH Req1 S
To Maintain Good Quality of Indoor Air Required
Aims
To design and maintain good indoor air quality in an occupied space by establishing the
minimum indoor air quality (IAQ) performance. To enhance indoor air quality in buildings,
thus contributing to the comfort and well-being of occupants.
Requirements
REQUIRED:
Meet the minimum requirements of Section 4 through 7 of ASHRAE Standard 62.1,
Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality or any applicable loca l code, whichever is
more stringent.
Condition 1: For air-conditioned buildings

Mechanical ventilation systems must be designed using the ventilation rate procedure
described in ASHRAE Standard 62.1 or any applicable local code, whichever is more
stringent.
Condition 2: For non-air-conditioned buildings

Minimum fresh air ventilation in conjunction with mechanical ventilation system shall
follow the procedure described in ASHRAE Standard 62.1 or any applicable local code,
whichever is more stringent.
Justification
This prerequisite requires applicants to demonstrate that the delivered minimum zone
outdoor airflow for each zone and the outdoor air intake flow for each system meets or
exceeds the point required by ASHRAE.
Approach & Strategy

Design ventilation systems to meet or exceed the minimum outdoor air ventilation rates
described in ASHRAE Standard 62.1.
Building mechanical and passive ventilation systems seek to ensure that adequate fresh
air is available for occupants in a space. Under-ventilated buildings may be stuffy,
odorous, uncomfortable, and/or unhealthy for occupants. The standard takes into
account the density of people within an area, the type of activity that is expected to
occur within the space, and the nature of the ventilation air delivery system.
For air-conditioned buildings, use either the Ventilation Rate Procedure (most common
and easier) or the Indoor Air Quality Procedure. In the Ventilation Rate Procedure
155
MyCREST
(Section 6.2), the breathing zone outdoor airflow is equal to the sum of the outdoor airflow
rate required per person multiplied by the zone population, plus the outdoor airflow rate
per unit area multiplied by the zone floor area.
For non-air-conditioned or naturally ventilated spaces (Section 5.1), the standard requires
that all naturally ventilated spaces be permanently open to and within 7.6 meters of
operable wall or roof openings and that the operable area be a t least 4% of the net
occupied floor area.
For mixed-mode ventilated spaces, meet the minimum requirements of Chapter 6 of

ASHRAE.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
Narrative describing the project’s ventilation design, including specifics about fresh air
intake volumes and special considerations that affect the project’s ventilation design.
1. As-built drawings to illustrate the project’s ventilation system design.
2. Narrative describing the project’s ventilation design, including specifics about
fresh air intake volumes and special considerations that affect the project ’s
ventilation design.

(ASHRAE). (2010). Ventilation for acceptable indoor air quality (ASHRAE Standard
62.1-2007).
156
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
OCCUPANT AND HEALTH
POINT
OH1 Indoor Smoking Restriction OH 1 S
Indoor Smoking Restriction 1 Point
Aims
To enforce a smoking restriction at premises in line with the Control of Tobacco Product
(Amendment) Regulations 2004 & 2008.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Ensure compliance with regulations through restriction on smoking in buildings/ premises.
Location of non-smoking signs must be visible in signage location plans.
Provide a designated area for smokers outside the building, 10 m away from the main
entrance.
Justification
The indoor smoking restriction credit is aimed at limiting the exposure of building
occupants to environmental tobacco smoke. The smoke is a result of the burning of
cigarettes, pipes, or cigars, which contain thousands of compounds, many of which are
known as carcinogens. It is essential to maintain a healthy living workspace through the
protection of indoor environments from contaminants. The expected results of the credit
are increased occupants’ comfort, higher productivity rates, lower absenteeism, and
fewer illnesses.
Approach & Strategy

Continuous involvement and commitment by the building tenants towards the smoking
restriction.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Floor plans displaying signage on smoking-restricted areas.
1. As-built drawing of the no smoking signage location.
157
MyCREST

1. Control of Tobacco Product (Amendment) Regulations 2012. (2012). Federal
Government Gazette, 2 March 2012.
2. Akta Makanan 1983 : Peraturan-Peraturan Kawalan Hasil Tembakau 2004. (2004).
Warta Kerajaan Malaysia.
158
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
OCCUPANT AND HEALTH
POINT
Control and Strategies to Reduce Mould Occurrence (for Air-
OH2 OH 2 S
Conditioned Buildings)
Indoor Mould Prevention Guideline

1 Point
Comprehensive Mechanical Air Ventilation System
Aims
To prevent mould in building areas and lodges in order to ensure building users’ health
and harmony.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Comply with any local/international indoor mould prevention guideline such as:
1. Mechanical or natural air ventilation system should maintain sufficient air
movements in ventilated spaces in order to prevent air stagnation.
2. W alls subjected to natural ventilation must be maintained at a temperature higher
than the dew point at the space conditions without any use of active control (e.g.
electric heater).
3. Avoidance of cold air diffuser being near or directed to wall surfaces etc.
Justification
Mould has the potential to cause health problems. It produces allergens (substances that
can cause allergic reactions), irritants, and in some cases, potentially toxic substances.
Inhaling or touching mould or mould spores may cause allergic reactions in sensitive
individuals. Hence, mould prevention is important in ensuring the health of building
occupants.
Approach & Strategy

Many factors may cause mould growth in a building, such as poor HVAC design, thermal
bridging in walls and slabs, poor ventilation, and rainwater or pipe water leakage. The
most effective way to prevent mould growth in buildings is to avoid the occurrence of
these entire parameters.
It is important to prevent any wet or damp areas on building surfaces or on related items
in order to prevent mould growth.
Humidity around all room areas and any air vents must be controlled and kept below
saturation levels during construction and building occupancy.
All windows must be left open continuously during post-construction and before
occupancy to allow sufficient time for moisture levels in the building materials to
decrease to below the danger level.
159
MyCREST
Other measurements:
1. Proper insulation of air conditioning ducting system.
2. Prevention of leakage of rainwater through roof and walls.
3. Prevention of infiltration of humid air into air-conditioned spaces.
4. Improved ventilation in buildings (for mechanically ventilated buildings).
5. Avoidance of air-conditioned air supply diffuser from being very close to wall
surfaces.
6. Prevention of water leakage into the basement level.
7. Prevention of pipe leakage or broken pipes.
8. Complete control of indoor moisture sources and avoiding the creation of
humidity.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Basic report outlining the strategies that will be implemented to fulfil the
requirements for mould prevention by highlighting the measurements taken to
satisfy the requirements of this point.
2. Provide a report on the reading of RH and temperature logging.

1. Jabatan Kerja Raya (JKR). (2009). Indoor Mould Prevention Guideline.
(ASHRAE). (n.d.). ASHRAE Handbook – HVAC Fundamentals.
3. ASHRAE. (n.d.). Guideline for buildings in Humid Climate Zone.
4. Kemp, P. & Neumeister-Kemp, H. (2010). Australian Mould Guideline: The go-to
guide for everything mould. Messenger Publishing.
160
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
OCCUPANT AND HEALTH
POINT
OH3 Indoor Air Quality Pollutants OH 3 S
3.1 Low-VOC Materials – for Paints and Coatings

2 Points
3.2 Low-VOC Materials – for Adhesives and Sealants
Aims
To reduce the quantity of indoor air contaminants that are odorous, irritating, and harmful
to human health.
Requirements
3.1 Low-VOC Materials – for Paints and Coatings
1 POINT:
Low-VOC materials for paints and coatings.
3.2 Low-VOC Materials – for Adhesives and Sealants

1 POINT:
Low-VOC materials for adhesives and sealants.
Justification
Volatile organic compounds (VOCs) are emitted as gases from certain solids or liquids.
VOCs include a variety of chemicals, some of which may have short- and long-term
adverse health effects like eye, nose, and throat irritations; headaches; loss of
coordination; nausea; and damages to the liver, kidneys, and the central nervous system.
Specifying low-VOC materials helps to reduce indoor air pollution at the source, which is
one of the effective indoor air pollution control strategies.
Approach & Strategy

Building materials such as paints, sealants, and adhesives form important fin ishes for
exterior and interior surfaces. They are, however, potential contributors to poor indoor air
quality and can have a bearing on occupants’ health. A wide variety of volatiles is
released through oxidation by both solvent-based and water-based paints. Sealants and
adhesives contain toxic chemicals that are released during construction and
occupancy. VOCs contained within building materials—especially formaldehyde, urea-
formaldehyde, and urethanes, as well as other chemical substances—can be injurious to
health and can also be odorous. This measure aims to select materials with low to zero
quantities of such chemicals and also as to minimise the source of emission. In selecting
low-VOC materials, a practical rule of thumb is to choose water-based products with low
odour.
1. Use only zero-/low-VOC paints. All paints used in the interior of the building must be
certified as containing zero VOC or less than the limits specified in Table 4 below.
161
MyCREST
Table 4: List of VOC Limits
2. Ensure all the sealants and adhesives used are water-based rather than solvent-based
or have a low solvent content. Most construction adhesives offer adequate bond
strengths in water-based varieties. Acrylics, silicones, and siliconised acrylics are the
safest sealants to use in the interiors and have the lowest solvent content. W hile
solvent-based products such as urethanes and butyls should preferably not be used
indoors as sealants, their use for the exteriors does not pose any concern.
3. Adhesives usually have a high-VOC emission potential. Hence, use adhesives with low-
VOC or zero-VOC emissions such as acrylics or phenolic resins (phenol-formaldehyde)
indoors.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Extract of the tender specification showing the requirement to use adhesive with
low-VOC materials.
2. Cut sheets, specification sheets, and commercial brochures of the low-VOC
emission finishes or products used.
3. A certificate from the manufacturer for each of the categories, as applicable to
the applicant, stating clearly that the materials used have zero VOCs or low VOCs
(g/litre), as specified under limits.
1. Purchase orders/delivery orders of low-VOC paints and coatings, and/or
adhesives and sealants to demonstrate compliance with the committed design
specifications.
2. As-built drawing plan showing the location of installed materials.
3. Cut sheets, specification sheets, and commercial brochures of the low-VOC
emission finishes or products installed.
162
MyCREST

1. Rule 1168 - Adhesive and Sealant Applications. (n.d.). South Coast Air Quality
Management District (SCAQMD).
2. Green Seal, Inc. (n.d.). Green Seal standard for adhesives for commercial use (GS-
36)
3. Green Seal, Inc. (n.d.). Green Seal standard for paints, coatings, stains, and sealers
(GS-11).
4. Green Seal, Inc. (n.d.). Green Seal standard for anti-corrosive paints (GC-03).
5. Rule 1113 - Architectural Coatings. (n.d.). South Coast Air Quality Management
District (SCAQMD).
6. Department of Occupational Safety and Health. (2010). Code of practice on
indoor air quality. Ministry of Human Resources Malaysia.
163
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
OCCUPANT AND HEALTH
POINT
OH4 Indoor Noise Level (for Air-Conditioned Buildings) OH 4 S
Maximum Noise Allowed in Occupied Spaces is Not More Than 45

1 Point
dB
Aims
Ensure the monitoring and control of noise at levels which are effective in ensuring the
comfort of building users.
Requirements
1 POINT:
The maximum noise allowed in occupied spaces is not more than 45 dB.
Justification
Noise is one of the major causes of low productivity and health concerns among office
workers. Noise causes physiological and psychological problems among office workers.
Investigations of the literature show that noise lowers productivity and increases stress,
absenteeism, hypertension, and even causes permanent loss of hearing, resulting in
financial losses due to work-related compensation.
Approach & Strategy

Excessive noise can cause discomfort to occupants. Some of the solution s in ensuring
that an acceptable noise level is maintained include:
1. Specify acoustical ceiling.
2. Specify furniture with sound-absorbing surfaces on both sides.
3. Locate photocopiers and fax machines in a separate area, away from the main
office areas.
4. Insulate partition cavities.
5. Mechanical equipment room is to be located away from the office and
conference rooms.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. A design report on strategies for ensuring the internal noise level is maintained at
the prescribed levels.
2. Floor plans showing the location of core, M&E, and equipment rooms.
164
MyCREST
1. A report describing the measured internal and external noise sources and the
features installed to achieve the required noise level.
2. As-built drawings showing the noise control features.
3. Manufacturer’s data sheets of the acoustic materials used in buildings.

1. The effects of noise and excessive sound pressure levels (SPLs) on office occupants
and the strategy to improve acoustic comfort in office buildings.
165
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
OCCUPANT AND HEALTH
POINT
OH5 Carbon Dioxide Level Control (for Air-Conditioned Buildings) OH 5 Ci
Installation of Indoor Monitoring System with CO₂ Sensor 1 Point
Aims
Ensure the monitoring and control of carbon dioxide (CO₂) at levels which are effective
in ensuring comfort and harmony for building users and plant rooms.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Install a monitoring system and control the CO₂ level in AHU rooms with at least 1 CO₂
sensor at the main return air duct at each level to ensure that the CO₂ levels are
maintained at ≤ 1000 ppm.
Justification
Install a permanent monitoring system that provides feedback on ventilation system
performance in order to ensure that the systems are maintaining the design ’s minimum
ventilation requirements. Configure all monitoring equipment to generate an alarm when
the conditions vary by 10% or more from the set point, via either a building automation
system alarm to the building operator or a visual or audible alert to building occupants.
A demand controlled ventilation (DCV) system is a typical energy conservation strategy

for large spaces with variable occupancy. CO2 sensors are practical means of confirming
to ensure the ventilation system is functioning properly.
Approach & Strategy

The use of a CO₂ monitoring and control system is a step towards increasing indoor air
quality; it conserves energy to ensure that all areas receive enough fresh air based on
the current number of building users. This indirectly helps the users to obtain fresh air apart
from controlling the CO₂ at appropriate levels.
Potential Issues
CO₂ control and monitoring systems are installed but do not fully function according to
the need of the original design, especially during building operations. Such a situation is
possible in the absence of comprehensive maintenance.
Operation & Maintenance

As part of the system commissioning, the project team should confirm that the CO 2
system is calibrated and that appropriate set points and control sequences have been
implemented.
It is recommended to use CO2 sensors that require recalibration no less than every 5 years.
166
MyCREST
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Confirmation of the type of ventilation system and installed controls.
2. Narrative describing the project’s ventilation design and CO 2 monitoring system.
Include specific information on the location and quantity of installed monitors,
operational parameters, and set points.
3. Provide design drawings displaying a schematic illustration of the monitoring
systems and CO₂ controls.
1. As-built drawing displaying a schematic illustration of the monitoring systems and
CO₂ controls.

1. Carbon dioxide (CO₂) HVAC basics. (1998). Honeywell Inc.
2. Prill, R. (2013). Measuring carbon dioxide inside buildings – W hy is it important.
Energy Program, WSU, Washington, USA. Retrieved from
www.energy.wsu.edu/.../Measuring_CO2_Inside_Buildings-Jan2013.pdf
3. Fong, W . K., Matsumoto, H., Ho, C. S., & Lun, Y. F. (2008). Energy consumption and
carbon dioxide emission considerations in the urban planning process in Malaysia.
Planning Malaysia, 6(1). Retrieved from
http://eprints.utm.my/6626/1/Wee_Hiroshi_Chin_Yu_EnergyConsumptionAndCar
bonDioxide.pdf on 20 July 2014.
167
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
OCCUPANT AND HEALTH
POINT
OH6 Appointment of Safety, Health, and Environment Officer OH 6 S
Appointment of Safety, Health, and Environment Officer 4 Points
Aims
To encourage the establishment of environmental quality and hygiene management
strategy and to implement the strategy effectively during the construction stage.
Requirements
4 POINTS:
Appoint a Safety and Health Officer to:
Provide personnel to manage Safety, Health, and Environment whose tasks can be
applied as follows:
1. To develop a Construction Site Air, Noise, and W ater Pollution, and Dust Control
Management Plan; AND
2. To develop a Safety and Health Management Plan; AND
3. To monitor and conduct regular inspection on the effectiveness of air pollution,
noise, and dust control measures; AND
4. To monitor and conduct regular inspection of the effectiveness of water pollution
control measures; AND
5. To monitor and conduct regular inspection of site conditions to identify health and
hygiene problem areas; AND
6. To provide training and information on air and water pollution control and health
and hygiene issues to construction site workers.
Justification
Air, Noise, and W ater Quality
Reduce air, noise, and water quality problems that result from the construction process
in order to help sustain the comfort and well-being of construction workers and
surrounding society.
Hygiene
Many construction sites are notorious for dirty toilets. This criterion aims to encourage the
contractor to provide a better and more hygienic environment for site workers.
168
MyCREST
Approach & Strategy

Air and W ater Quality
The dust generated by various construction site activities can contribute significantly to
air pollution. Dust and outdoor air pollutants can cause respiration problems. Good
construction practices involve major mitigation measures for the prevention or
minimisation of air pollution that arises from construction activities as depicted in Figure
36. This criterion aims to reduce air pollution due to on-site construction:
1. Establish an air pollutant management strategy and implement the strategy
effectively.
2. Effective implementation of dust control measures at the construction site.
3. Construction works that lead to a significant amount of dust generation shall be
provided with proper sheltering to minimise dust spread.
4. Any plan formulation or dust control measures shall be in line with the requirements
stipulated in Air Pollution Control (Construction Dust) Local Regulation.
Hygiene
1. The contractor is to formulate a hygiene management plan for the construction
site. The management strategies can be in the form of education, instructions, or
guidelines for site staff and both long- and short-term workers. In addition, the
management plan shall include the identification of hygiene problems and their
possible locations, methods to maintain the hygiene performance, and an
emergency action plan.
2. The contractor is to designate a member of site staff to inspect the construction
site regularly and to identify health and hygiene problem areas. A minimum
inspection frequency of once a week is expected; for instance, stagnant water
offers a breeding ground for mosquitoes, which may bite site workers and cause
the transmission of diseases. This aims to eliminate health risks, such as mosquito
growth within the construction/demolition site. A designated person is required to
inform the project site staff of the requirement of health risk remedial works, such
as stagnant water removal.
3. To maintain and improve health and hygiene knowledge and technique among
site staff through education and training provided by the contractors. Good
health and a hygienic environment are best achieved by staff’s good habits and
practice.
4. A large quantity of cleaning products is consumed during construction works.
Some of the cleaning products are toxic and non-biodegradable, which will
cause adverse impacts on the environment. This criterion is assigned to encourage
the use of environmentally friendly cleaning materials and products.
169
MyCREST
Figure 36. Poor air quality due to the absence of dust control measures.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. A declaration letter/tender specification/bill of quantity to show the commitment
to implement the strategies.
1. Air, noise, and water pollution management strategy.
2. Strategy implementation records including an air and water quality testing report.

1. Construction Industry Development Board, Malaysia (CIDB). Guidebook on
planning and implementing green practices for building construction works. (n.d.)
170
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
LOWERING EMBODIED CARBON
POINT
EC Req1 Recycling Facility EC Req1 Ci
Provide Facilities to Reduce Construction Waste and Landfill

Required
Disposal
Aims
To assist in waste reduction arising from occupancy and to divert a majority of waste from
landfills into a recycling facility.
Requirements
REQUIRED:
During the Construction Period:
Implement accessible specified area(s) for the collection and storage of recycled
wastes. Materials include steel, wood, paper, and plastic.
During the Occupancy Period:

Implement accessible specified area(s) for the collection and storage of recycled wastes
for the entire building. Materials include at least paper, glass, plastic, and aluminium.
The following are the requirements for providing solid waste management facilities:
1. Total number of building occupants (including staff and customers).
2. Total wet/dry waste (in kg) produced per day by the building occupants.
3. A building plan to indicate the locations proposed for 3 bins and Disposal Rooms.
Justification
Building construction produces a lot of waste, which needs to be managed properly.
Through proper waste management, waste can be diverted from entering landfills.
Therefore, the construction site and building need to be equipped with a proper
collection and storage apparatus.
Approach & Strategy

Allocate an area for collection and storage that is adequately sized and located in an
accessible area.
Identify valid local waste contractors for glass, plastic, metal, office paper, newspaper,
and cardboard. Educate occupants on recycling measures.
The building owner (through the Facilities Manager) needs to provide the total number
of building occupants, which include the staff and customers of the building. Malaysians
produce approximately 0.45 to 1.44 kg/day of solid waste per capita, with a ratio of 70%
of wet waste and 30% of dry waste.
171
MyCREST
W aste production should be divided into two measurements, namely wet waste and dry
waste. The following tables show the calculations to obtain the total waste production in
kg (max population × waste production × wet (or dry) waste ratio) (refer Table 5.1 and
5.2).
Table 5.1: Example of Wet Waste Calculation

Max population 1500 persons
Waste production 0.5 kg/person/day
Wet waste 70%
Waste production 525 kg/day
Table 5.2: Example of Dry Waste Calculation

Max population 1500 persons
Waste production 0.5 kg/person/day
Dry waste 30%
Waste production 225 kg/day
The Facility Manager needs to allocate the location of the facilities on the building plan.
Three bins should be located at a strategic place to ease the segregation of wastes.
Disposal Rooms are important to store the cleaning apparatus and enhance the
segregation of wastes (refer Figure 37 and 38).
Figure 37. Provide segregation bins for construction waste.
172
MyCREST
Figure 38. Recycling bins at the site office.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. A building plan, displaying the location and size of the recycling collection area
for building occupants.
1. A building plan, displaying the location and size of the recycling collection area
during construction.
2. As-built drawing plan showing the location and size of the recycling collection
area for building occupants.
3. Photographic evidence during construction and for the building occupants.

1. Akta Pengurusan Sisa Pepejal dan Pembersihan Awam 2007 (Akta 672).
173
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EC1 Life Cycle Analysis EC 1 Ci
Provide the Calculation of Embodied Carbon for at Least 3
Construction Components of Assembly Materials from Gate to Site 1 Point
(Excluding All Structural Elements Listed in EC7)
Aims
To encourage the assessment of embodied energy or carbon and the compilation of
data in terms of environmental emissions associated with the gate to site life cycle of
major building materials.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Verify the relevant carbon emission released during the transportation of materials and
the environmental emission associated with the gate to site life cycle by:
Providing the calculation of embodied carbon for at least 3 construction components of

assembly materials from gate to site, excluding the following:
1. Concrete.
2. Steel bar/BRC.
3. Formwork.
4. Roof trusses.
5. Roof covering.
6. Brick.
7. Glazing.
8. W indow frame.
9. Steel structure.
*Assembly materials consist of all parts of each building element. For example, ceiling
finishes are composed of parts such as boards and tee joints. The total value of embodied
carbon calculated for ceiling finishes is inclusive of every single one of these parts.
Justification
The evaluation of embodied carbon levels can encourage the specification of more
environmentally friendly production of materials. The goal of the Life Cycle Analysis (LCA)
sub-criterion is to take the first step in an iterative process for the development of a tool
that allows for more holistic approaches and considerations for the major assemblies and
structural materials in buildings. It is the start of a publicly available resource that uses a
life cycle approach to measure the impacts of building assemblies.
W ith further research and data, new strategies will emerge for better target reductions in
the major environmental impact categories.
174
MyCREST
Approach & Strategy

Request carbon emission data from several manufacturers and compare which
produces a lower emission impact.
Carbon Calculator
This sub-criterion is intended for a material database that will

support the MyCREST LCA Calculator in the future.
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Value of tCO2e from gate to site of at least 3 assembly materials.
2. Product brochure including manufacturer details.

1. UNEP-SETAC Life Cycle Initiative. (2009). Guidelines for social life cycle assessment
of products. Social and socio-economic LCA guidelines complementing
environmental LCA and Life Cycle Costing, contributing to the full assessment of
goods and services within the context of sustainable development. Paris: UNEP.
2. British Standards Institution Malaysia. (2011). Specification for the assessment of the
life cycle greenhouse gas emissions of goods and services (PAS 2050:2011).
Retrieved on 25 April 2013.
4. International Organisation for Standardization. (2006). Environmental
management – Life cycle assessment – Principles and framework (ISO 14040:2006).
175
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EC2 Green Products EC 2 Ci
Green Products Scoring System (GPSS) rating (JKR/SIRIM 1) 2 Points
Aims
To encourage the use of green products in the construction industry.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Target JKR/SIRIM Standard, Green Products Scoring System (GPSS) of 40% to 49%.
2 POINT:
Target JKR/SIRIM Standard, Green Products Scoring System (GPSS) of 50% to 59%.
*Products that are able to score higher than 59% can claim a maximum of 2 points under
Innovation.
Justification
The application of the JKR/SIRIM Standard 1, “Manual for Green Product Scoring System
(GPSS)” is to encourage the project team to specify the green products to be used in
their projects. It is also to educate and create awareness among the stakeholders on
environmentally friendly products and services and to encourage manufacturers to
apply for green certification for their products.
Approach & Strategy

Identify the green products available in the market by considering the major product
components listed in the JKR/SIRIM Standard, Manual for Green Product Scoring System
(GPSS). The product shall have any of the following criteria:
1. Durable product.
2. Environmental protection.
3. Renewable energy.
4. Recycled content.
5. Local product.
6. Recyclable materials.
7. Improved water quality/efficiency.
8. Energy efficiency.
9. Improved indoor air quality (IAQ).
The GPSS calculation for buildings considers only the superstructure elements and M&E
systems. Substructure components for the building and all temporary works shall be
removed from the GPSS calculation. The GPSS calculation for road excludes electrical
works, mechanical works, and road furniture.
176
MyCREST
The scoring calculation method is based on a point scale as specified in the GPSS
manual:
SCORE DESCRIPTION
The product used is not considered green or do not have any form of
0
certification
Product is self-declared green by the manufacturer with certification
from an independent body, e.g. compliance with ISO 14000
OR
1
*Type II: Self-declarations or claims made by manufacturer:
Any certificate or accreditation from any green/eco-friendly
organisation from all over the world
*Type I: Based on multiple criteria and life cycle considerations, e.g.
product or materials that have an eco-label
2
OR
Certificate from any members of Global Eco-Label Network (GEN)
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Product certification and brochure.
2. Specification of the products used.
3. Calculation of the JKR/SIRIM Green Product Scoring System prepared by the
consultant.
1. Product certification and brochure.
2. Specification of the products used.
3. Pictures of the installed materials.
4. Verification of using green products based on the calculated JKR/SIRIM Green
Product Scoring System.

1. Jabatan Kerja Raya and SIRIM Berhad. (2017). Manual for green product scoring
system (JKR/SIRIM 1:2017).
2. Global Ecolabelling Network (GEN)
http://www.globalecolabelling.net/http://www.globalecolabelling.net/
177
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EC3 Sustainable Sourcing of Materials and Products EC 3.1 Ci
3.1 Sustainable Timber Source 1 Point
Aims
To encourage the practice of timber selection from environmentally responsible forest
management.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Ensure ≥ 50% (based on cost) of wood-based materials and products used (structural
framing and general dimensional framing, flooring, sub-flooring, wood doors, and
finishes) are certified by the Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) or the Malaysian Timber
Certification Council (MTCC).
Justification
Deforestation is considered as one of the contributing factors to global climate change.
The negative environmental impacts of irresponsible forest practices can include forest
destruction, wildlife habitat loss, soil erosion and stream sedimentation, water and air
pollution, and waste generation.
The FSC and MTCC ensure that the wood used for a project comes from environmentally
responsible forest management. It incorporates many criteria that contribute to the long-
term health and integrity of the forest ecosystem including sustainable timber harvesting,
preserving wildlife habitat and biodiversity, maintaining soil and water quality , and
conserving endangered and old growth forest.
Approach & Strategy

1. Identify the quantity and type of wood-based materials used in the project.
2. Check the record of the wood species and products that comply with the
requirements of the FSC or MTCC.
3. Identify the certified retailers, suppliers, and manufacturers to the contract.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Record of all wood-based materials identified for the project; verify which
materials are FSC and MTCC certified.
2. Calculation of the percentage of certified wood used.
178
MyCREST
1. List all new wood products used in the project and identify which components are
FSC and MTCC certified.
2. The volume of each wood product must be shown.
3. The vendor’s chain-of-custody (COC) number must be shown in the invoice to
verify FSC and MTCC certifications.
4. Calculation of the percentage of certified wood used.

1. Forest Stewardship Council (FSC).
2. Malaysian Timber Certification Council (MTCC).
3. The Programme for the Endorsement of Forest Certification (PEFC).
179
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EC3 Sustainable Sourcing of Materials and Products EC 3.2 Ci
3.2 Recycled Content 2 Points
Aims
The need to increase the recycled content in building materials is a viable and practical
strategy for all building owners in pursuit of green building certification. The use of
recycled content is able to result in a lowered embodied carbon rate in any given
building material, apart from reducing waste production levels arising from
manufacturing activities.
Requirements
The project is required to utilise recycled content materials so that the total of post-
consumer recycled content plus half of the pre-consumer content constitutes at least
10% or 15%, based on the material cost, of the total value of the materials in the project.
The utilisation of reused materials is awarded as per the following:

1 POINT:
Recycled content constitutes more than or equal to 10% of the total material cost.
2 POINTS:
Recycled content constitutes more than or equal to 15% of the total material cost.
The recycled content within a building material is determined by its weight. The recycled
content portion in the building material is then multiplied by the cost of assembly to
determine the recycled content value. Other costs such as mechanical and electrical
costs, plumbing costs and so forth are not included in the calculation. Only permanently
installed materials are considered.
Justification
Encouraging the use of recycled content in building materials is a strategy to reduce the
impacts of processing and harvesting virgin sources. This contributes to the reduction of
carbon emission from traditional material processing, thus decreasing the embodied
carbon of a building material.
Approach & Strategy

Establish a percentage of recycled materials for the project to aim for, and identify
reliable suppliers to assist in achieving this aim. Monitor construction activities to ensure
that proper materials with recycled content are installed.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
180
MyCREST
Design Assessment:
1. Calculation of the total percentage (based on cost) of materials with recycled
content against the actual total value of the materials for the project.
2. The percentage of post-consumer and/or pre-consumer recycled content must
be established based on cost. The calculation of the recycled content value of
each material must be provided.
3. Product brochure of each installed recycled content material showing the
percentage of post- and pre-consumer recycled content.
4. Green label certification (if any).
1. Photographic evidence of the installed materials.
2. Calculation of the total percentage (based on cost) of materials with recycled
content against the actual total value of the materials for the project.
3. The percentage of post-consumer and/or pre-consumer recycled content must
be established based on cost. The calculation of the recycled content value of
each material must be provided.
4. Product brochure of each installed recycled content material showing the
percentage of post- and pre-consumer recycled content.
5. Green label certification (if any).

1. U.S. EPA (2008). Using recycled industrial materials in buildings.
http://www.epa.gov/osw/conserve/imr/pdfs/recy-bldg.pdf
2. U.S. EPA (2009). Recover your resources, reduce, reuse, and recycle construction
and demolition materials at land revitalization projects.
http://www.epa.gov/brownfields/tools/cdbrochure.pdf
181
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EC4 Industrialised Building System (IBS) EC 4 Ci
Industrialised Building System (IBS) 3 Points
Aims
To reduce the wastage of construction materials and to reduce the wastage going to
landfills. It is possible to reduce materials’ carbon emission with the reduction of wastage
without compromising building quality.
Requirements
2 POINTS:
Calculated IBS Score ≥ 50 points
3 POINTS:
Calculated IBS Score ≥ 70 points
Justification
Industrialised Building System (IBS) is known to be part of efficient construction methods
where the materials used are precast or manufactured off-site. Apart from improving
construction productivity and quality, IBS also reduces construction waste on-site and at
the same time reduce the transportation waste sent to landfills.
Approach & Strategy

The use of IBS components with a minimum score of 70 points is to be made compulsory
for government projects. Government projects will automatically achieve 2 points under
this sub-criterion. The private sector is encouraged to use IBS in their projects.
Target which elements are to be used for IBS in the design stage. The six (6) commonly
used components in Malaysia are:
1. Pre-cast Concrete Framing, Panel, & Box System.
2. Steel Framing Systems.
3. Prefabricated Timber Framing Systems.
4. Steel Formwork Systems.
5. Block W ork Systems.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. IBS Score Calculation, prepared by the consultant using the CIDB standard form.
182
MyCREST
1. Verification of the actual achievement of the calculated IBS Score.
2. Photographic evidence showing the installed materials.

1. Construction Industry Development Board Malaysia (CIDB). (n.d.). National
housing standard for medium-low cost houses besides flats (CIS 3:2005).
2. CIDB. (n.d.). National housing standard for medium-low cost flats (CIS 4: 2005).
3. CIDB. (n.d.). Quality assurance for treatment of timber roof trusses with copper-
chrome-arsenic preservatives (CIS 6: 2005).
4. IBS catalogue precast concrete component for building work 2004/2005.
5. IBS catalogue precast concrete building component for building work 2004/2005.
6. IBS catalogue prefabricated timber component for building work 2004/2005.
7. IBS sizing guide precast concrete component for housing building.
183
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EC5 Quality Assessment System in Construction (QLASSIC) EC 5 Ci
Quality Assessment System in Construction (QLASSIC) 5 Points
Aims
To ensure the quality output of construction work for a given project.
Requirements
3 Points: QLASSIC score of ≥ 70%.
Justification
The adaptation of the Quality Assessment System in Construction (QLASSIC) ensures the
quality of the building workmanship is up to standard.
Approach & Strategy

The quality assessment of the workmanship and finishes of construction work based on
standards and points are awarded if the workmanship and finishes comply with the
standards. These points are then summed up to give a total quality score called the
QLASSIC Score (%) for a project. The contractor has to ensure that their workmanship
complies with the acceptable quality standard mentioned in Construction Industry
Standards, CIS 7.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. QLASSIC certification.

1. CIDB. (n.d.). Quality assessment system for building construction work. (CIS 7:2014).
184
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EC6 Life Cycle Analysis EC 6 Ci
Provide the Calculation of Embodied Carbon for the Construction
Components of Assembly Materials from Cradle to Gate 5 Points
(Maximum of 5 Materials)
Aims
To verify the installation and data documentation of the relevant energy and materials
consumed, and environmental emissions associated with the cradle to gate life cycle of
selected building materials.
Requirements
To verify the relevant carbon emission released during the harvesting, extraction, and
manufacturing of materials, and environmental emissions associated with the cradle to
gate life cycle of the selected building materials by:
To provide a calculation of the embodied carbon for the construction components of

assembly materials from cradle to gate (a maximum of 5 materials).
1 POINT per material assembly.
*Assembly considers all parts of each element.
Example: The total value of embodied carbon for ceiling finishes includes boards and tee
joints.
Examples of materials assembly:

W all assembly
a. Bricks
b. Plaster for both sides/wall paneling
c. Paints for both sides
Ceiling assembly
a. Ceiling board
b. Tee joints
Flooring assembly
a. Carpet & Adhesive; OR
b. Cement render; OR
c. Tiles & Mortar
Door assembly
a. Door frame
b. Door leave
c. Ironmongeries
185
MyCREST
Justification
The evaluation of embodied carbon can define more environmentally friendly
production of materials. The goal of the life cycle analysis (LCA) sub-criterion is to take
the first step in an iterative process for the development of a tool that allows for more
holistic approaches and consideration for the major assemblies and structural materials
in buildings. It is the start of a publicly available resource that uses a life cycle approach
to measure the impacts of building assemblies.
W ith further research and data, new strategies will emerge to better target reductions in
the major environmental impact categories.
Approach & Strategy

Request carbon emission data from several manufacturers and compare which
produces a lower emission impact.
Carbon Calculator
This sub-criterion is intended for a material database that

will support the MyCREST LCA Calculator in the future
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Declaration letter/tender specification/bill of quantity to show the commitment to
implement the strategies.
1. Value of tCO2 e of 1 assembly.
2. Manufacturer’s details/ letter/ declaration on the value of tCO2e.
1. UNEP-SETAC Life Cycle Initiative. (2009). Guidelines for social life cycle assessment
of products. Social and socio-economic LCA guidelines complementing
environmental LCA and Life Cycle Costing, contributing to the full assessment of
goods and services within the context of sustainable development. Paris: UNEP.
2. British Standards Institution Malaysia. (2011). Specification for the assessment of the
life cycle greenhouse gas emissions of goods and services (PAS 2050:2011).
Retrieved on 25 April 2013.
3. International Organization for Standardization. (2006). Environmental
management – Life cycle assessment – Principles and framework (ISO 14040:2006).
186
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EC7 Life Cycle Analysis (LCA) – Building Works* EC 7 Cr
Materials Life Cycle Analysis – Building Works 6 Points
Aims
To encourage the construction team in the selection of low carbon emission building
materials.
CALCULATOR** CALCULATOR**
EC-CAL01: LIFE CYCLE ANALYSIS (LCA) – EC-CAL02: LIFE CYCLE ANALYSIS (LCA) -
BUILDING WORKS BUILDING WORKS VERIFICATION
Requirements
Verify the environmental emissions associated with the cradle to gate life cycle of
building material are below the stated baseline:
2 POINTS:
Reduction of carbon emission to 5% below the baseline level.
3 POINTS:
Reduction of carbon emission to 10 % below the baseline level.
4 POINTS:
5 POINTS:
6 POINTS:
* There are eight (8) elements are listed in the 1 st version of the LCA calculator. The
MyCREST calculator will be updated from time to time. Project teams have the option
and opportunity to include any other element or assembly (other than the 8 listed in the
calculator) into their embodied energy calculation should the values be known.
However, in this case, baseline values must be justified from “other similar conventional
counterpart materials”. This justification must be included and submitted with the
justification in the LCA baseline calculation for that specific element. This justification must
be founded upon the basis that the baseline materials and elements constitute or
represent conventional elements and assemblies in a typical reinforced concrete
structure or building in Malaysia. Points will be awarded:
1. Through the use of MyCREST Calculator, OR/AND
2. Based on verification using commercially known LCA software for analysis such as
Simapro and Gabi.
In the case of (1), the baseline is 0.4. (Please refer Appendix 1 No. 3).
In the case of (2), the baseline must be justified by the project team based on standard
and “conventional” construction.
187
MyCREST
Assessment of the baseline will be done on a project by project basis.
**The current MyCREST calculator deals with basic structural elements only.
Justification
Replacing part of energy-intensive materials with less energy-intensive materials and/or
by utilising regionally available materials will demonstrate a commitment to lowering
carbon in the structural application of building materials such as roofing/flooring,
columns, and load-bearing walls for structural applications. Use such technologies to
demonstrate a minimum reduction in the overall embodied energy when compared to
equivalent products for the same application for the structural system used in a building,
thus meeting the equivalent strength requirements. Strategies can include specified fly-
ash in concrete mix and using low embodied carbon materials to reduce the release of
carbon emissions to the environment.
Approach & Strategy

Design teams shall choose low carbon emission materials with the selection of materials
that require less extraction process and less energy use.
Use recycled content materials which are known to release less carbon emission rather
than using new raw materials.
Request carbon emission data from several manufacturers to compare which material
has a lower emission impact.
Carbon Calculator
Refer: Calculator ID: EC-CAL01: Refer: Calculator ID: EC-CAL02:

Life Cycle Analysis (LCA) Life Cycle Analysis (LCA) –
– Building Works Building W orks - Verification

1. Type of materials.
2. Quantity.
3. tCO2e of the materials.
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Calculation of the reduction of tCO2e.
2. List and description of the types of materials included in the calculation.
188
MyCREST
2. Delivery order of the installed materials.
3. Manufacturer details/letter/declaration on the value of tCO2e (if using another
value than ICE).

1. Clarke, A., Grant, N., Thornton, J., & Solutions, E. (2009). Quantifying the energy
and carbon effects of water saving. Environment Agency.
2. Chris Riedy, Aleta Lederwasch & Nicky Ison, (Publication year not available),
Defining Zero Emission Buildings. Riedy, C., Lederwasch, A. J., & Ison, N. (2011).
Defining zero emission buildings-review and recommendations.
3. Clark, D. (2013). Embodied carbon case studies for office buildings.
4. Hsu, S. L. (2010). Life cycle assessment of materials and construction in commercial
structures: Variability and limitations (Doctoral dissertation, Massachusetts Institute
of Technology).
189
MyCREST
190
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EC8 Solid Waste Management – Route and Recyclers EC 8 Ci
Establish the Waste Management Route and Provide Recycler

1 Point
Details
Aims
To navigate the management of solid waste through a policy and waste management
route.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Establish the Waste Management Route and provide recycler details.
Justification
The Solid W aste Management Route is important to the facilities management team as
it will provide information on how solid waste will be managed according to the W aste
Management Hierarchy and Solid Waste Management Policy.
Approach & Strategy

The W aste Management Route summarises waste management activity through a route
table. A Solid W aste Management Route must be developed based on the W aste
Management Hierarchy (Reduce, Reuse, Recycle, Compost, and Landfill) and the Solid
W aste Management Policy. The intention of the Solid W aste Management Route is to
show the path for each type of waste, as shown in Figure 39 below. In the later Operations
and Maintenance stage, the Solid W aste Management Policy shall be submitted to
demonstrate the project owner’s commitment to a sustainable waste management
plan.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. A design brief describing a specific Solid Waste Management Route according to
the type of building being assessed.
2. A design brief describing a Solid Waste Management System (if any) designed for
the building (e.g. chute system).
1. As-built drawing plan of the overall building plan, showing the location of waste
area/recycled bin and general bin.
191
MyCREST

1. Dato’ Seri Arpah Abdul Razak. (2013). Solid waste management in Malaysia: The
way forward. Ministry of Urban W ellbeing, Housing and Local Government
Malaysia.
192
MyCREST
Input Waste Policy Implementations

Management
Hierarchy
Solid Waste Awareness Reducing
Reduce Management programme amount of
Policy
waste
Wet
Waste Composting
Compost machine/tank Fertilizer
Building Waste
Reduce Awareness Reducing
programme amount of
waste
Dry
Waste Reuse Re-usage
containers
Recycle 3Rs Bins Transit

materials
Other
Waste Dispose Waste bins Landfill
Figure 39. Solid Waste Management Route.
193
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EC9 Salvaged and Reused Materials EC 9 Ci
Reuse Salvaged Materials 1 Point
Aims
To reuse building materials in order to reduce the demand for virgin materials, and to
reduce waste, thus lessening the impacts associated with the extraction and processing
of virgin resources.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Salvage or reuse construction materials for 2% of building materia ls based on the total
material cost (extracted from the bill of quantities).
Justification
Reusing materials found on-site or off-site divert the materials from the construction waste
stream, reduce the need for landfill space, and reduce the environmental impact of
associated water and air contamination. It also helps to reduce the production of new
materials.
Approach & Strategy

Reused items can be found on-site or off-site. Identify opportunities to incorporate
salvaged materials into the building design, and research potential suppliers of reused
material. An example of items that can be reused on-site is concrete waste, which can
be used as road base.
Project teams shall include materials only permanently installed in the project.
Mechanical, electrical, and plumbing assemblies are excluded from the calculation.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. A list of proposed salvaged materials.
2. A calculation of the value of reused materials against the estimated total value of
the materials for the project.
1. Photographic evidence showing the utilisation of reused materials.
2. A final calculation of the value of reused materials against the estimated total
value of the materials for the project.
194
MyCREST

1. Masudi, A. F., Hassan, C. R. C., Mahmood, N. Z., Mokhtar, S. N., & Sulaiman, N. M.
(2011). Construction waste quantification and benchmarking: A study in Klang
Valley, Malaysia. Journal of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, 5(10), 909-916.
2. Guy, B., & McLendon, S. (2000). Building deconstruction: reuse and recycling of
building materials. Gainesville, FL: Center for Construction and Environment,
Report to the Florida Department of Environmental Protection, September1999.
3. Metro. (2007). Construction salvage and recycling toolkit.
4. U.S. EPA (2009). Recover your resources, reduce, reuse, and recycle construction
and demolition materials at land revitalization projects.
http://www.epa.gov/brownfields/tools/cdbrochure.pdf
195
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
LOWERING THE EMBODIED CARBON
POINT
EC10 Construction Waste Management EC 10 Cr
Produce and Execute a Construction Waste Management Plan
W hich Recycles or Salvages 50% of Non-Hazardous Construction 2 Points
Debris and Avoids Disposal to Landfills
Aims
To minimise the disposal of construction waste materials to the landfills.
CALCULATOR
Requirements
1 POINT: WM-CAL01: CONSTRUCTION WASTE
Prepare a Construction W aste Management Plan. MANAGEMENT
1 POINT:
Recycle and/or salvage 50% of the volume of non-hazardous construction debris.
Justification
Building construction produces high volumes of waste, which needs to be managed
properly. Through proper waste management, waste can be diverted from entering the
landfills. The aim of this sub-criterion is to recycle either 50% or 70% of non-hazardous
construction waste.
Approach & Strategy

Develop a W aste Management Plan and identify the types of construction waste.
Excavated soil is not included in the calculation.
Identify contractors to handle recycled/salvaged construction waste and ensure the

documentation to verify that the materials diverted have been recycled/salvaged as
depicted in Figure 40.1 and 40.2.
Figure 40.1. Concrete and steel bars from demolition works are to be segregated for recycling.
196
MyCREST
Figure 40.2. Concrete and steel bars from demolition works are to be segregated for recycling
Carbon Calculator
Refer: Calculator ID: W M-CAL01:

Construction W aste Management

1. W aste (tonne).
2. tCO2 e/t waste.
3. Distance from the site to the approved disposal destination (km).
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Construction W aste Management Plan.
1. Documentation of possible recycled/salvaged construction waste and the
quantity (based on weight).
2. Receipt of recycling activities verified by the contractor.
3. A calculation of recycled construction waste over the overall construction waste
on-site.

1. Akta Pengurusan Sisa Pepejal dan Pembersihan Awam 2007 (Akta 672).
197
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
EC11 Construction Materials Transportation EC 11 Cr
To Verify the Carbon Emission Released During the

5 Points
Transportation of Materials from Factory to Site
Aims
To reduce the transportation of materials to the site. To encourage the sourcing of local
construction materials and products for the project as well as the selection of low carbon
emission building materials. To reduce the transportation corridors on-site, thus reducing
carbon emissions in the transportation of materials to the site throughout the construction
stage.
CALCULATOR
EC-CAL03: CONSTRUCTION
MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION
Requirements
To verify the carbon emission released during the transportation of materials from factory
to site:
3 POINTS:
Reduction of carbon emission to 20% below the baseline.
4 POINTS:
5 POINTS:
Justification
Transportation is one of the main carbon emission sources. Selecting materials that are
locally made and near to the site can reduce the carbon emission caused by
transportation.
Approach & Strategy

Prioritise the choice of local materials by selecting locally sourced, salvaged , and
produced materials. Ensure that the construction materials used are locally made and
easily accessed. The materials calculated in this credit are structural elements consisting
of:
1. Concrete.
2. Steel bar/BRC.
3. Formwork.
4. Roof trusses.
5. Roof covering.
6. Brick.
7. Glazing.
8. W indow frame.
9. Steel structure.
198
MyCREST
The aim to use local construction materials must be considered at the design stage, and
the use of local materials must be reflected in the tender stage. The list of local materials
can be referred at but not limited to:
a. MITI (List of local manufacturers).
b. Treasury listing under SIRIM QAS http://www.malaysiancertified.com.my
c. List of local construction materials by IKRAM QA.
Carbon Calculator
Refer: Calculator ID: EC-CAL03:

Construction Materials Transportation

1. List of materials.
2. Distance and the number of trips.
3. Type of fuel used.
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Calculation of the carbon emission released for material transport.
2. Manufacturer details (address).

1. Department for Environment Food and Rural Affairs (DEFRA). (2002). Guidelines for
company reporting on greenhouse gas Emissions, Annex 1 Fuel conversion factors
and Annex 6 Transport conversion tables.
2. Smith, R. A., Kersey, J. R., & Griffiths, P. J. (2003). The Construction industry mass
balance: Resource use, wastes and emissions (pp. 1-96). TRL Limited.
199
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
WATER EFFICIENCY FACTORS
POINT
WE Req1 Reduce Potable Water – 10% reduction WE Req1 Cr
W ater Efficient Products Required
Aims
To design efficient water and plumbing strategies and to reduce the water consumption
of building occupants.
WE-CAL01: WATER CONSERVATION WE-CAL02: WATER CONSERVATION
STRATEGIES STRATEGIES - VERIFICATION
Requirements
Required:
Reduce potable water usage by 10%.
Justification
To encourage and promote efficient usage of water by using a better type of water
fittings system and flow rates.
Approach & Strategy

Designers are encouraged to attain exposure to technological advancements in the
market pertaining to water-efficient products.
Baseline
W ater fittings efficiency is measured based on the water flow rate. From the baseline
levels given below, the team must calculate the reduction of their proposed water fittings
from the baseline. The baseline for the calculation of water efficiency is shown below:
Flush Fixture Flow rate (LPF)

Conventional Water Closet (Male) 6.00
Conventional Water Closet (Female) 6.00
Conventional Urinal (Male) 2.50
Flow Fixture Flow rate (LPM)
Conventional Lavatory 8.00
Kitchen Sink 8.33
Bidet 8.00
Ablution Tap 8.00
Shower 10.00
*The carbon emission factor for processed water is 0.419 kg CO2e/m³.
200
MyCREST
The baseline is generated based on the minimum flow rate/water consumption for 1 Star
rating in the Guideline for Voluntary Water Efficient Products Labelling Scheme, April 2013,
Suruhanjaya Perkhidmatan Air Negara (SPAN).
The carbon emission factor for processed water is derived from CIS 20:2012, Green
Performance Assessment System in Construction (Green PASS), Item 3.4, Construction
Industry Development Board Malaysia (CIDB).
Proposed Design
The estimated water consumption is based on the proposed fitting and flow rate. The
requirement for this criterion is that the calculation must show the efficiency of the
building in terms type of fittings, flow rates, and building occupancy by 10%.
Carbon Calculator
Refer: Calculator ID: W E-CAL01: Refer: Calculator ID: W E-CAL01:

W ater Conservation Strategies W ater Conservation Strategies -
Verification

1. Daily usage.
2. Occupants.
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. W ater fittings specification with the flow rate.
2. W ater fittings efficiency calculation.
1. Photographic evidence of the installed water fittings.
2. Specification of installed water fittings with the flow rate.
3. Final calculation of water fittings efficiency.

1. Suruhanjaya Perkhidmatan Air Negara (SPAN). (2013). Guideline for voluntary
water efficient products labelling scheme.
2. Hill, N., W alker, H., Beevor, J., & James, K. (2011). 2011 Guidelines to DEFRA/DECC’s
GHG Conversion Factors for Company Reporting: Methodology Paper for Emission
Factors. Department of Energy and Climate Change (DECC) and the Department
for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (Defra). Published by the Department for
Environment, Food and Rural Affairs PB13625, United Kingdom.
201
MyCREST
202
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
WE1 Water Conservation Strategies WE 1 Cr
W ater Conservation Strategies 3 Points
Aims
To use water efficiently.
WE-CAL01: WATER CONSERVATION WE-CAL01: WATER CONSERVATION
STRATEGIES STRATEGIES - VERIFICATION
Requirements
1 POINT:
10% carbon emission reduction compared to W EPLS standard by SPAN.
2 POINTS:
3 POINTS:
Justification
To encourage and promote efficient usage of water by using a better type of water
fittings system and flow rates.
Approach & Strategy

The proposed MyCREST rating system awards water efficiency performance points based
on predicted building water consumption of the Proposed Building compared to a
modelled Baseline Building.
Baseline Building
The baseline is generated based on the minimum flow rate/water consumption for 1 Star
rating in the Guidelines for Voluntary W ater Efficient Products Labelling Scheme (W EPLS)
by SPAN. The building occupancy must be the same as that of the Proposed Building.
203
MyCREST
Shown below is the baseline water consumption:

Kitchen Sink 8.33
Bidet 8.00
Ablution Tap 8.00
Shower 10.00
Proposed Building
The Proposed Building’s water consumption is generated using the actual design based
on the type of fittings, flow rates, and building occupancy.
Carbon Calculator
Refer: Calculator ID: W E-CAL01: Refer: Calculator ID: W E-CAL02:

W ater Conservation Strategies W ater Conservation Strategies -
Verification

1. Daily usage.
2. Occupants.
3. W ater fitting flow rate.
Submittal
Design Assessment:
1. Specification of the water fittings with the flow rate.
2. W ater fittings efficiency calculation.
1. Photographic evidence of the installed water fittings.
2. Specification of installed water fittings with the flow rate.
3. Final calculation of water fittings efficiency.

2. Hill, N., W alker, H., Beevor, J., & James, K. (2011). 2011 Guidelines to DEFRA/DECC’s
GHG Conversion Factors for Company Reporting: Methodology Paper for Emission
Factors. Department of Energy and Climate Change (DECC) and the Department
for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (Defra).
204
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
WE2 Reduced Potable Water for Landscape WE 2 Ci
For Landscape Irrigation, Pursue a Designed System Which
Reduces Potable Water Source Through Alternative Means OR 2 Points
Refuses Potable W ater Use Completely
Aims
To promote landscaping strategies and elements, and to encourage rainwater
harvesting that reduces the use of potable water for landscape and irrigation.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Reduce potable water source by ≥ 50% through alternative methods for landscaping
uses, i.e., rainwater harvesting.
2 POINTS:
100% reduction of the potable water used for landscaping, i.e., completely refuse the
use of potable water.
Justification
To encourage and promote efficient usage of water irrigation by using a better type of
irrigation system and low irrigation type of landscape.
Approach & Strategy

Efficient water usage for landscaping may reduce carbon impacts through the planting
of native or adaptive plants that require less water. Minimise or avoid the use of potable
water for landscape irrigation.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Narrative of the strategies and descriptions of how the system meets the
requirement.
2. Narrative by the landscape architect, explaining the selection of native or
adaptive plants, the efficient irrigation system and indicating that it will meet all
the requirements.
3. Calculation of landscape water consumption and reduction.
1. Photographic evidence of the installed system and planted vegetation.
2. Final calculation of landscape water consumption and reduction.

1. National W ater Research Institute of Malaysia (NAHRIM).
205
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
EFFECTIVE WATER USE MANAGEMENT
POINT
WE3 Water Sub-Meter and Leak Detection WE 3 Ci
Install Individual Sub-Meters to Monitor Major Water Usage,
Linking All Private Meters to the Energy Management System 2 Points
(EMS) for Leak Detection
Aims
To reduce/avoid water wastage in case of leakage through early detection by having a
water leak detection system.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Install individual sub-meters to monitor major water usage in all these locations:
1. Cooling towers and make-up water tank.
2. Landscape watering system.
3. Kitchens.
4. Leased areas.
5. Fire resistant water tank system.
6. Main pipe distribution from tank OR internal domestic water tank pipe.
7. Rainwater harvesting system.
8. Recycled wastewater system.
1 POINT:
Link all private meters to the Energy Management System (EMS) for leak detection .
Justification
W ater sub-meters are used to measure water consumption, and the water leak detection
system is used to avoid water wastage.
Approach & Strategy

Meter locations must be easily accessed. If there are automated building systems, sub -
meters must be equipped with a device which can record readings.
A water leak detection system requires a device and integration between water sub -
meters and the automated building system. This system is part of the Energy
Management and Control System.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. W ater sub-meter specification.
2. Schematic drawings of water sub-meter installation.
3. W ater leak system specification.
4. Schematic drawings of the water leak detection system installation.
206
MyCREST
1. W ater sub-meter installation technical report.
2. As-built schematic drawings of water sub-meter installation.
3. W ater leak installation system technical report.
4. As-built schematic drawings of water leak detection system installation.

None
207
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
EFFECTIVE WATER USE MANAGEMENT
POINT
WE4 Recycled Grey Water WE 4 Ci
Recycle of Grey W ater 2 Points
Aims
To encourage recycled wastewater use (grey water) for activities not related to food
and beverage (non-potable use) such as cleaning and landscaping in order to reduce
domestic water usage.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Recycle ≥ 10% of wastewater by using a wastewater filtering system.
2 POINTS:
Recycle ≥ 20% of wastewater by using a wastewater filtering system.
Justification
To encourage and promote the use of recycled wastewater system by using a
wastewater filtering system, and to reduce the consumption of potable water.
Approach & Strategy

W astewater is divided into two, which are grey water and black water. Only greywater
is encouraged to be recycled for activities specific to cleaning and watering landscapes,
and it needs to go through a special filtering system. Recycled wastewater cannot be
used for food & beverage and hygiene purposes. To avoid confusion, suitable labels must
be prepared at every wastewater tap.
Potential Issues
Acceptance, as the concept of recycled wastewater is new in Malaysia.
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Design report and the calculation on the wastewater recycling system.
2. Schematic drawings of the wastewater recycling system.
1. As-built schematic drawings of the wastewater recycling system.
2. Final calculation of the recycled grey water.
Carbon Calculator
None
208
MyCREST

1. Parkes, C., Kershaw, H., Hart, J., Sibille, R., & Grant, Z. (2010). Energy and carbon
implications of rainwater harvesting and greywater recycling. Environment
Agency, Almondsbury, SC090018.
209
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
WE5 Water Conservation Strategies On-Site WE 5 Cr
Use of Low-Flow Fixtures in Construction Site Office/Show Room 2 Points
Aims
To reduce the usage of potable water within on-site facilities during the construction
period.
CALCULATOR
Requirements WE-CAL03: WATER CONSERVATION

STRATEGIES ON SITE
1 POINT:
Use a low-flow flushing system in the construction site office/showroom.
1 POINT:
Use an efficient fitting tap in the construction site office/showroom.
Justification
Efficient water usage can be encouraged by using rainwater harvesting or recycled
storm water and efficient water fittings at the site. Saving water will reduce the cost of
both the main water supply and wastewater disposal (i.e., potable water and trade
waste), as less water will enter and leave the site.
Saving water can also provide opportunities for developing efficiencies in other areas.
For example, using less water may mean that pumping water around the site is reduced,
leading to savings in energy costs and greenhouse emissions. It can also reduce the risk
of environmental contamination or pollution, as water efficiency initiatives will lead to less
wastewater.
Approach & Strategy

The contractor is encouraged to attain exposure to technological advancements in the
market pertaining to water efficient products. They can install low-flow water closets, use
automatic/manual flow control faucets, and control the valve for urinals in the site office.
Install low-flow taps and shower fittings in toilets, at the canteens, and in workers’
accommodations.
Baseline
W ater efficient fittings are measured based on the water flow rate. From the baseline
given below, the team must calculate the usage reduction from their proposed water
fittings against the baseline. The water efficient baseline is shown below:
210
MyCREST

Kitchen Sink 8.33
Bidet 8.00
Ablution Tap 8.00
Shower 10.00
The carbon emission factor for processed water is 0.419 kg CO 2e/m³
Proposed Design
The estimated water consumption is based on the proposed fittings and flow rate. The
requirement for this criterion is that the calculation must show the efficiency of the water
fittings during the construction stage.
Carbon Calculator
Refer: Calculator ID: W E-CAL03:

W ater Conservation Strategies On Site
Stage 1
1. Daily usage.
2. Occupants.
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Photograph showing the water fittings installed in the toilets on-site.
2. Calculation of the reduction of potable water usage.

211
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
WE6 Rainwater Harvesting System During Construction WE 6 Cr
Reduction of Potable Water Usage During Construction 2 Points
Aims
To reduce potable water usage during construction activities through the harvesting of
rainfall by focusing on the water usage for vehicle cleaning and usage in portable toilets
on- site.
Requirements
2 POINTS:
50% reduction of potable water usage for lorry cleaning and toilets.
Justification
Saving water will reduce the cost of both the main water supply and wastewater disposal
(i.e., potable water and trade waste), as less water will enter and leave the site.
Saving water can also provide opportunities for developing efficiencies in other areas.
For example, using less water may mean that pumping water around the site is reduced,
leading to savings in energy costs and greenhouse emissions. It can also reduce the risk
of environmental contamination or pollution, as water efficiency initiatives will lead to less
wastewater.
Approach & Strategy

Use rainwater harvesting or recycle waste water.
Carbon Calculator
All water calculations for this sub-criterion contribute to:
Calculator ID: W E-CAL03 W ater Conservation Strategies On Site

1. Daily usage.
2. Occupants.
Submittals
Design Assessment:
212
MyCREST
1. Site plan showing the location of collected rainwater.
2. Report on the activities that use rainwater.
3. Photographic evidence on the collection of rainwater and also during the use of
it.

1. National W ater Research Institute of Malaysia (NAHRIM).
2. Building Services Research and Information Association. (1997). Water
conservation: implications of using recycled greywater and stored rainwater in the
UK (Report no. 13034/1).
213
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
SOCIAL AND CULTURAL SUSTAINABILITY
POINT
SC Req1 Design for Social Responsibility SC Req1 S
To Assess the Relative Ease of Access and Use of Facilities for

Required
Persons with Handicaps
Aims
To assess and provide the relative ease of access and use of facilities for persons with
disabilities. In doing so, the building takes one step ahead in the pursuit of sustainability
by encompassing human ease and comfort without discrimination towards people with
different physical or mental forms.
Requirements
REQUIRED:
Prepare disabled-friendly amenities based on all legal and expert requirements but not
restricted to the following:
1. Uniform Building By-Laws; AND
2. MS 1183: Part 8 Code of Practice for Precautions in the Design and Construction
of Buildings: Part 8: Code of Practice for Means of Escape for Disabled People;
AND
3. MS 1184 Code of Practice on Access for Disabled Persons to Public Buildings (First
Revision); AND
4. MS 1331Code of Practice for Access of Disabled People Outside Buildings; AND
5. Guideline for Preparation of Minimum Amenities for the Disabled at Building
Projects by JKR, Architects Department, IPJKR October 2006 (JKR 20802 -0007-
2006); AND
6. Planning, Guidelines 7 Standards: Facilities of the Disabled, Town & Country
Planning Department, Ministry of Housing & Local Government Malaysia (JPBD
1/2000) 2002.
Justification
The credit is aimed at integrating all members with different abilities into society. It
presents a guide in the design process to help cater for the usability, safety, comfort, and
convenience without discrimination towards any occupants. By providing these qualities,
there is a probable increase in productivity rates and decrease in absenteeism.
Approach & Strategy

Address and improve all accessibility features through a building maintenance
programme, renovations, and refurbishments. Building management policies are
employed to ensure that current access provisions are not misused or mistreated through
housekeeping practices or by untrained staff. The quality of accessibility is periodically
reviewed through user feedback surveys and access audits.
214
MyCREST
Examples of supplementary aids/appliances:

1. Audio/tactile signage and way finding systems to aid in the orientation and
navigation of persons with vision impairments.
2. Evacuation chairs to aid in the assisted evacuation of persons with impaired
mobility.
3. All printed information, brochures, and maps to be made available in alternative
formats such as large print, audio, and Braille.
4. Induction loop systems at all counters, reception desks, meeting rooms, waiting
areas, and so on.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Plan on disabled facilities.
2. Detailed drawing of the facilities for the disabled.
1. As-built plan for disabled facilities.

1. Uniform Building By-Laws 1984.
Specifications for Fire Precautions in the Design and Construction of Buildings Part 8 – Code of
Practice for Means and Escape for Disabled People (MS 1183:1990).
3. SIRIM Berhad. (2002). Code practice on access for disabled persons to public
buildings (First revision) (MS 1184:2002).
4. SIRIM Berhad. (n.d.). Code of practice for access of disabled people outside
buildings (MS 1331).
5. Jabatan Kerja Raya. (2006). Guideline for preparation of minimum amenities for
the disabled at building projects by JKR (JKR 20802-0007- 2006).
6. Town & Country Planning Department, Ministry of Housing & Local Government
Malaysia Planning. (n.d.). Guidelines 7 standards: Facilities of the disabled (JPBD
1/2000).
215
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
SC1 Access to Views from Work Areas SC 1 S
Design ≥ 60% of the NLA Has a Direct Line of Sight Through Vision
1 Point
Glazing
Aims
To promote higher levels of well-being, productivity, and human comfort.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Design ≥ 60% of the occupied building spaces to have a direct line of sight through vision
glazing and measured between 0.8 m and 2.3 m above the finished floor plan levels.
Justification
W indows provide daylight in buildings and may also provide a view of the outdoors. The
character of the view is important to human well-being. Extensive research in
environmental psychology has established that access to outside views and nature, both
through a view and through immersion in natural settings, is beneficial.
For instance, hospital patients with a view of green spaces, as opp osed to those with a
view of a blank brick wall, recovered more quickly from surgery and required less post -
operative pain medication. This benefit is not simply associated with the possibility of
receiving higher light exposure from a more exposed façade. Recent studies have
proven that having access to views of nature in the workplace will provide relief from
boredom, anxiety, and stress, thus increasing occupants’ health and productivity.
Approach & Strategy

To provide the maximum outdoor view, use of transparent glass is encouraged for wall
partitions and room walls as well. This allows for the pleasure of the outdoor view even at
a distance from windows. For privacy reasons, parts of the wall may be specified as
frosted glass. Low interior partitions and column-free spaces are also encouraged to be
included. Offices should pinpoint open plan areas along the perimeter of the facade,
while private workplaces or areas not frequently occupied should be placed at the core
of the building as exhibited in Figure 41.
216
MyCREST
Figure 41. Example of open-plan office layout with a maximum line of sight for outdoor view.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Typical floor plans indicating and clearly marked with the identified occupied
building spaces.
2. Plan and sectional drawings clearly showing the line of sight drawn from occupied
building spaces to the vision glazing perimeter.
3. Design strategy of the interior layout that will be designed or recommended to
maintain the view to the outside.
1. As-built typical floor plans indicating and clearly marked with the identified
occupied building spaces.
2. As-built plan and sectional drawings clearly showing the line of sight drawn from
occupied building spaces to the vision glazing perimeter.

217
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
SC2 Compatibility of Urban and Façade Design to Cultural Values SC 2 S
The Presence of Culture and Heritage is Enhanced Through its

1 Point
Integration with Recent Designs and Current Development
Aims
The presence of culture and heritage is enhanced through its integration with recent
designs and current developments.
Requirements
1 POINT:
The project requirement will be determined later. However, this sub-criterion is open to
the project team to apply and propose. It will be decided on a case by case basis.
Justification
Cultural expression in buildings is at times incorporated in an abstract and modernised
manner. This point promotes and allows the award of 1 point based on the cultural
intentions of the building design.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Proof and documentation of the intent, proposed requirement, document
submittals, and design approach of the proposed sub-criterion.
1. As-built drawing.
2. Design brief report.

None
218
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
SC3 SHASSIC SC 3 S
SHASSIC 3 Points
Aims
To improve the health and safety conditions on the construction site.
Requirements
1 POINT:
SHASSIC Score 55% to 69%
Potential and significant high risks/hazards at the workplace are managed and
documented, but there are few medium-risk work activities that are neglected.
2 POINTS:
SHASSIC Score 70% to 84%
documented, but there are few low-risk activities that are neglected.
3 POINTS:
SHASSIC Score 85% to100%
documented.
Justification
The SHASSIC was originally developed to complement the normal contractual
requirements and specifications of a project. The rating system in SHASSIC is meant to
give recognition to the project for their efforts in ensuring safety and health at the
worksite. The SHASSIC is preferably conducted during construction in order to include the
different workers and trades involved at the site. The SHASSIC is recommended when the
actual physical work progress is between 25% and 75%.
Project developers should not use the SHASSIC independently as the working
requirements and specifications. Unless specified in the project contract, a safety and
health designated person should not use the SHASSIC to decide if the project site or parts
of the project site is in accordance with the requirements of the relevant Acts and
Regulations or the OSH Management System. Rather, project developers are still
obligated to the requirements of local legislation, approved standards, code of
practices, guidelines, specifications and contractual requirements.
Approach & Strategy

Industrial accidents are among the major concerns during construction. They are the
results of factors such as:
1. W orkers’ negligence.
2. Failure of workers to obey to work procedures.
219
MyCREST
3. W orking at high elevation.

4. Operating equipment without safety devices.
5. Poor site management.
6. Harsh work operation.
7. Low knowledge and skill level of workers.
8. Failure to use personal protective equipment.
9. Poor workers’ attitude about safety.
Hence, assessment using the SHASSIC system sets out the safety and health management
and practices of the contractor for various aspects of construction activities as shown in
Figure 42. The SHASSIC covers three (3) main components of assessment, namely
document check, workplace inspection, and employees interview. It also covers
components such as OSH policy, OSH organisation, HIRARC, OSH training and promotion,
machinery and equipment management, materials management, emergency
preparedness, accident investigation and reporting, and records management and
performance monitoring.
Figure 42. Provide safety signage at scheduled waste storage area and the project site
entrance.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. SHASSIC certification.

1. Construction Industry Development Board Malaysia (CIDB). (n.d.). Safety and
health assessment system in construction (CIS 10:2008).
220
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
SC4 Workforce Facilities SC 4 S
Minimum Level of Sanitation/ Safety Facilities for Construction

1 Point
W orkers
Aims
To ensure the health and safety of workers during construction, with effective provision
for basic facilities such as sanitation, drinking water, and safety equipment or machinery.
Unhygienic site sanitation facilities cause damage to the environment and to the health
of construction workers.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Provide at least the minimum level of sanitation/ safety facilities for construction workers.
Justification
Many local authorities and laws require employers to provide a safe working environment
for their workers as long as it is reasonably practicable. This constitutes the welfare and
personal hygiene needs of employees. It ensures that the workers are not exposed to risks
as a result of the project construction, by taking measures such as preventing the spread
of germs and disease, preventing ill health from the exposure to contamination, and
meeting the basic human needs of employees.
Approach & Strategy

1. Ensure the cleanliness of the workplace with regard to the disposal of waste and
effluent.
2. Provide clean drinking water, latrines, and urinals as per the applicable standard.
3. Provide an adequate number of decentralised latrines and urinals to construction
workers.
4. Develop a plan to achieve the following objectives (refer Figure 43):
a. Appropriate lodging for construction workers at the site or at temporary rented
lodging nearby.
b. Avert pollution of storm sewer or receiving stream by having a proper septic tank.
c. Avert polluting the surrounding area from open burning and by having proper
disposal of domestic waste.
d. Supply adequate health and hygiene facilities for workers on-site.
221
MyCREST
Figure 43. Open burning of construction waste at the site is prohibited.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Site plan showing the location of workers’ facilities, including a septic tank.
2. Site photographs to demonstrate compliance by the contractor.
3. Detailed narrative on the provision of safe drinking water and sanitation facility for
construction workers and site personnel.

1. Health and Safety Executive (HSE). (n.d.) Provision of welfare facilities during
construction work. http://www.hse.gov.uk/pubns/cis59.pdf
222
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
SC5 Construction IAQ Management SC 5 S
Construction IAQ Management 1 Point
Aims
To reduce indoor air quality (IAQ) problems resulting from constru ction or renovation
activities and to promote the health and well-being of workers and building occupants.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Develop and implement an IAQ management plan for the construction and
preoccupancy phases of the building, as follows:
- During construction, meet or exceed the recommended control measures of Sheet
Metal and Air Conditioning National Contractors Association (SMACNA) IAQ Guidelines
for Occupied Buildings Under Construction, 2nd Edition 2007, ANSI/SMACNA 008-2008
(Chapter 3).
1. Protect stored on-site and installed absorptive materials from moisture damage.
2. If permanently installed air handlers are used during construction, filtration media
with a minimum efficiency reporting value (MERV) of 8 must be used at each
return air grille, as determined under ASHRAE Standard 52.2. Replace all filtration
media immediately prior to occupancy.
Justification
Construction activities are large polluters of the environment. Large volumes of
suspended particulate matters are released during the construction work, leading to air
pollution. Green buildings should address these issues. The Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) plan is
to prevent indoor air quality problems resulting from the construction/renovation process
in order to help sustain the comfort and well-being of construction workers during the
construction process, and also to protect the building occupants after construction is
complete and people move into the building.
Approach & Strategy

Adopt an IAQ management plan to protect the heating, ventilation, and air conditioning
(HVAC) system during construction; control pollutant sources; and interrupt
contamination pathways. Sequence the installation of materials to avoid the
contamination of absorptive materials, such as insulation, carpeting, ceilin g tile, and
gypsum wallboard.
If possible, avoid using permanently installed air handlers for temporary heating/cooling
during construction.
223
MyCREST
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. IAQ management plan during construction.
2. Report on the implementation of the IAQ plan on-site, including photographic
evidence.

(ASHRAE). (2010). Ventilation for acceptable indoor air quality (ASHRAE Standard
62.1-2007).
2. ASTM International. (n.d.). Standard guide for using indoor carbon dioxide
concentrations to evaluate indoor air quality and ventilation (ASTM D6245-18).
www.astm.org
3. University of Tulsa, College of Engineering and Applied Sciences, Department of
Chemical Engineering. (n.d.) IAQ diagnostics reference manual: Hands-on
assessment of building ventilation and pollutant transport.
224
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
DEMOLITION AND DISPOSAL FACTORS
POINT
DP1 Responsible Sourcing of Materials DP 1 Ci
Provide at least 3 (three) product agreements of any building

components/assemblies sourced from manufacturers or suppliers
who can collect or have a buyback programme within the life 1 Point
cycle or at the end of the materials’ life for recycling or reuse
purposes
Aims
To provide the specification of products and materials with responsible sourcing where
the manufacturer or supplier has initiated recycling activities to collect back their end
product wastes, thus reducing the wastes sent to landfills.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Provide at least three (3) product agreements of any building components/assemblies
sourced from manufacturers or suppliers who can collect or have a buyback programme
within the life cycle or at the end of the materials’life for recycling or reuse purposes.
Justifications
To maximise the recovery of resources from recyclable and biodegradable waste and
to reduce the burden on landfills. Manufacturers and suppliers are willing to collect back
old/used products for them to reprocess and at the same time, reduce virgin materials
from being harvested.
Approach & Strategy

Research on the suppliers who offer the service of collecting back their products.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. List of the materials targeted to achieve this point; AND
2. A certificate/letter from the supplier/manufacturer as proof that they will collect
back the products supplied.
225
MyCREST

1. Gall, D. & Ledger, N. (n.d.). BES 6001 Framework standard for the responsible
sourcing of construction products. BRE Global.
2. National Ready Mixed Concrete Association. (n.d.). Responsible sourcing
scheme for concrete.
3. Hughes, D. (2011). BES 6001 framework for responsible sourcing. BRE Global.
4. Seafish. (2011). The seafish guide to responsible sourcing.
226
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
DP2 Design for Disassembly DP 2 Ci
Provide more than 3% (based on cost) of any building
components/assemblies that can be dissembled for future reuse 1 Point
or recycling
Aims
To design and specify the materials used that can be disassembled for future reuse or
recycling, thus reducing the waste to be sent to landfills.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Provide more than 3% (based on cost) of any building components/assemblies that can
be disassembled for future reuse or recycling; AND
Provide the building owner with the disassembly materials records and plan for major
disassembly materials installed in the building.
Justification
Design for disassembly allows the reutilisation of building components at the end of the
building life cycle. Hence, the aim is to encourage the installation of building
components/assemblies that can be easily disassembled for future use.
Approach & Strategy

Specify materials that are easily disassembled, e.g. interlocking brick wall and precast
block. Use products that have an eco-label indicating that the products can be
disassembled is a good approach.
The disassembly plan should include:

1. Explanation on the reusable, recyclable, and durable component and material
selection.
2. A plan for major components’ repair and replacement, potential conversion, and
end-of-life disassembly.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. List of material specifications or manufacture data sheets.
2. Product brochure.
3. Calculation to prove the requirement has been achieved.
227
MyCREST
2. Final calculation of the installed assembly materials.
3. Manufacturer details on the specifications and disassembly technique (if any).
References, Standards, &Codes

1. Crowther, P. (2005). Design for disassembly – Themes and principles. Environment
Design Guide, 1–7.
2. Página da W . (1994). Guidelines for designing for disassembly and recycling.
228
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
DP3 Reusing Existing Structural Materials DP 3 Ci
Maintain existing walls, floors, and roof 1 Point
Aims
To encourage the use of existing building construction and structure materials that are
found on-site.
To reduce waste and the carbon impact of manufacturing and transportation.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Maintain ≥ 30% of the existing area of any two of the following structures:
1. W all.
2. Floor.
3. Roof structure and finishes.
This point is eligible for ONE (1) exceptional score if the project succeeds in maintaining
> 50% of the existing area of two of the above structures.
Justification
Existing walls, floor, and roof can be maintained through good planning and a sound
method of demolishment. This can reduce waste and the construction cost of the new
building.
Approach & Strategy

Identify possible features of existing structures that can be reclaimed before construction.
Conserve the present building structure (structural floor and roof decking) and envelope
(the exterior skin and framing, not including window assemblies and non -structural
roofing material).
Potentially unsafe materials that are reused are not included in the calculation of the
percentage.
229
MyCREST
An example of a calculation of a project that successfully maintained ≥ 30% of the

existing wall and floor structures:
No. Item Original area size Maintained area size

1. Existing wall area 1,000 m2 350 m2
2. Existing floor area 600 m2 180 m2
TOTAL 530 m2
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Calculation of the reused shell and structure.
2. Calculation of the reused content value of each material must be provided.
3. Calculation of the value of reused materials against the estimated total value of
the materials for the project.
1. Photographic evidence of the existing structure that is maintained.
2. Final calculation of the value of reused materials against the estimated total value
of the materials for the project.

1. Construction Industry Development Board, Malaysia (CIDB). (n.d.). Guidebook on
planning and implementing green practices for building construction works, page
40–41.
230
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
DP4 Recycling of Demolition DP 4 Ci
Produce and execute a construction waste management plan

which recycles or salvages 50% of non-hazardous demolition 1 Point
debris and reduces disposal to landfills.
Aims
To reduce and recycle construction waste materials, thus reducing the waste sent to
landfills.
Requirement
1 POINT:
Recycle and/or salvage 50% (in volume) of non-hazardous demolition waste.
Justification
The contractor must have a good plan to manage construction waste. Segregation of
materials that can be recycled at a proper location and a bin are a must before sending
to a recycler for reprocessing into a new product.
Approach & Strategy

Develop a waste management plan and identify the types of construction waste.
Excavated soil is not included in the calculation.
Identify the contractors to handle the recycled/salvaged construction waste, and
ensure the documentation for the verification that the diverted materials have been
recycled/salvaged.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Documentation of possible recycled/salvaged construction waste and the
quantity.
2. Photographic evidence of the existing structure before the demolition activity
takes place.
3. Receipt of recycling activities, verified by the contractor.

Other related references
231
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
SUSTAINABLE & LOW CARBON INITIATIVES
POINT
IN1 Sustainable & Low Carbon Initiatives IN 1 S
MyCREST Facilitator 2 Points
Aims
To ensure MyCREST goals and processes are implemented and to assist in the design
stage in order to enhance the application and certification processes.
Requirements
2 POINTS:
A minimum of one (1) key member of the project team will be a MyCREST Facilitator.
Approach and Strategy

Appoint a MyCREST Facilitator from the pre-design stage to guide the project team
members about green building design and construction, especially with regard to the
Sustainable and Carbon Initiatives, the authority or internationa l guidelines, and the
application process in the early stages of the project.
Submittals
1. Proof of appointment of the named MyCREST Facilitator.
232
MyCREST
SUSTAINABLE & LOW CARBON INITIATIVES MAXIMUM POINT

IN2 Innovation IN 2 Cr/Ci/S
1 Point awarded for each innovation applied up to a

maximum of 6 points 6 Points
Aims
These are innovation points which should contribute to the effort towards gaining a
higher level of performance than what is stated in MyCREST. It is a recognition of
additional or outstanding efforts taken by a project applicant that extend beyond the
guidelines and requirements laid out by MYCREST that contribute to the reduction of
carbon emission.
Requirements
1 POINT awarded based on the innovation strategies, with a maximum of 6 points. All
Sustainable & Low Carbon Initiatives are required to reduce carbon emission and/or
contribute to sustainability by complying with at least one of the following three
mandatory criteria:
Carbon Sequestration
Any effort to capture and store carbon through bio-sequestration, principally tree
planting, preservation, relocation etc.
Carbon Reduction under Scope 3 of GHG Emissions

Scope 3 emissions, or “value chain emissions”, are defined as all the indirect upstream
and downstream impacts of an organisation that are not already defined by GHG Scope
1 and 2. Normally, Scope 3 emissions make up the majority source of greenhouse gas
emissions.
Scope 3 emissions comprise regular business activities as common as purchasing goods

and services, business travel and employee commuting, and activities such as leasing
assets, upstream and downstream transport and distribution, the use and disposal of solid
products, and the impact of any investments.
Source: The Carbon Trust
233
MyCREST
Technological Advancements to Improve Building Performance

Implement technological advancements to heighten building performance in energy
efficiency, water efficiency, and embodied carbon reduction. Strategies include
waterless technologies, electrochromic glass, high energy performance sliding doors and
windows, intelligent variable speed pumps, custom vent design , and other similar
technologies.
Only six (6) Sustainable & Low Carbon Initiatives are allowed in a single certification, while
one (2) point is allocated to the Certified MyCREST Facilitator. These initiatives are
available in, but not limited to, the list below from MyCREST with priority given to carbon
sequestration, carbon reduction (CR), and carbon impact (CI) initiatives as a means to
reduce the carbon emissions of a building.
Achieving an Exceptional Score

Under the Innovation category, an Exceptional Score can be awarded for a maximum
of 2 (TW O) points out of the maximum 6 points possible.
Exceptional scores are points achieved by any project which scores ABOVE the
maximum performance threshold in the MyCREST Scorecard.
Each threshold jump above the maximum performance in the MyCREST Scorecard is
given 1 point, as shown in the table below.
Please note that only a maximum of 2 (TW O) points can be achieved from the
Exceptional Score list.
Credit Max Exemplar

No. Credit Remarks
no. Points y point(s)
EXCEPTIONAL SCORE (1 POINT): Plant

new vegetation on 35% of the site
area including building footprint, with
at least 10% of the trees measuring
more than 28 cm in diameter when
Carbon
fully mature.
Sequestration
1 IS2.2 4 1–2
- New
EXCEPTIONAL SCORE (2 POINTS):
Planting
Plant new vegetation on 40% of the
site area including building footprint,
with at least 10% of the trees
measuring more than 28 cm in
diameter when fully mature.
EXCEPTIONAL SCORE (1 POINT):
Building
EP1. Reduction of 12 W /m2 in OTTV from
2 Envelope 4 1–2
1 the baseline.
Performance
234
MyCREST
- Thermal EXCEPTIONAL SCORE (2 POINTS):

Performance Reduction of 15 W /m2 in OTTV from
the baseline.
Design that ≥ 40% of all occupied
building spaces have achieved
daylight illuminance with an
Admission of average of 250 lux to 500 lux as
Daylit Zone measured at the working plane, 800
and Provision mm from floor level.
EP4.
3 of Automatic 2 1–2
2
Controls EXCEPTIONAL SCORE (2 POINTS):
4.2 Natural Design that ≥ 50% of all occupied
Lighting building spaces have achieved
average of 250 lux to 500 lux as
measured at the working plane, 800
mm from floor level.
EXCEPTIONAL SCORE (1 POINT): ≥
35% improvement in Lighting Power
Design
Density (LPD) from the baseline
EP5. Lighting
4 4 1–2
1 Power
EXCEPTIONAL SCORE (2 POINTS): ≥
Density (LPD)
Provide renewable energy of 4% of
the total building electrical
consumption
Renewable
5 EP 7 4 1–2
Energy
consumption
Building
Improved Energy Savings by 66%
Energy
6 EP13 40 1–2
Efficiency
Performance
GPSS score 60-69%
Green
7 EC 2 2 1–2
Product
GPSS score >69 %
Life Cycle Reduction of 30% and above of the
Analysis carbon emission from the baseline
8 EC 7 (LCA) – 6 1–2
Building EXCEPTIONAL SCORE (2 POINTS):
W orks Reduction of 35% and above of the
carbon emission from the baseline
235
MyCREST

Recycle and/or salvage 75% in
volume of non-hazardous
Construction
construction debris.
EC1 W aste
9 2 1–2
0 Managemen
t
EXCEPTIONAL SCORE (1 POINT): 60%
carbon emission reduction
compared to W EPLS standard by
W ater SPAN
10 W E1 Conservation 3 1–2
Strategies EXCEPTIONAL SCORE (2 POINTS): 70%
SPAN
Justification
The MyCREST Innovation sub-criterion provides opportunities for project teams to propose
new Sustainable and Low Carbon Initiatives as part of their scoring plan. The innovation
should not be part of a project’s main scorecard or scoring plan and not replicated from
the tools used. Preferences will be given to strategies that achieve a verifiable and
significant impact on carbon reduction. Each MyCREST innovation scoring proposal will
be evaluated for each project on a case-by-case basis while keeping in mind that the
implementation of any single initiative does not automatically approve a similar initiative
in other projects or future developments.
The MyCREST Sustainable and Low Carbon Initiatives allow project teams to pursue their
own innovative strategies provided the strategies are supported with proper
documentation, namely detailed narrative proposing the strategy or Innovation, detailed
list of the requirements to fulfil the sub-criterion, detailed list of submittals to fulfil this sub-
criterion, and the possible design approaches to achieve this strategy.
Submittals
Proof and documentation of the Innovation initiative.
236
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
IN2 Innovation IN 2 Cr
a. Carbon Capture Technology 1 point
Aims
To help address vehicle issues caused by transportation to and from the building and to
contribute to a reduction in vehicle usage.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Initiate carbon capture/sequestration strategies and possible carbon deposit into areas
that will not affect the atmosphere.

Implement carbon storage initiative through, but not restricted to, one of the methods
below:
Biochar - A type of charcoal created by pyrolysis of biomass and is considered
as a strategy towards carbon sequestration to mitigate carbon
dioxide emissions. Biochar is known to increase soil fertility and
increase agricultural productivity as it is rich in carbon and can
endure in soil for thousands of years.
Bio-sequestration - The capture and storage of carbon emissions considered as
atmospheric greenhouse carbon dioxide gas through biological
processes. This may be by increased photosynthesis, that is,
replantation or prevention of tree-clearing and genetic engineering;
by enhanced soil carbon trapping in agriculture; or by the use of
algal biosequestration (see algae bioreactor) to absorb carbon
dioxide emissions from coal, petroleum (oil), or natural gas-fired
electricity generation.
Submittals
Proof and documentation of the carbon storage initiative.
237
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
IN2 Innovation IN 2 Ci
b. Car park mechanical ventilation fans provided with VSD and

1 Point
controlled by CO2 sensors
Aims
To remove vehicle exhaust fumes—mainly carbon monoxide—during normal car park
usage, creating an acceptably air-conditioned environment; and to remove smoke in
the event of a fire to assist in providing a safe means of escape.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Install car park mechanical ventilation that is controlled by carbon sensors.

In many cases, car parks can be over ventilated with exhaust fans running at full speed,
24 hours a day. This excessive energy consumption may be greatly reduced with the
implementation of a gas detection control system, delivering energy and cost savings
whilst still maintaining a safe and comfortable car park environment. The system needs
to achieve six air changes per hour for exhaust fume extract and 10 air changes per hour
for smoke clearance.
Apart from removing hazardous exhaust gases to ensure cleaner air within the parking
area, this system provides fire authorities with the ability to purge smoke in the event of a
fire.
Submittals
1. Relevant documentation and verification of the use of ventilation fans in
accordance with the above.
238
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
IN2 Innovation IN 2 Ci
c. Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) 1 Point
Aims
To allow countries with emission reduction commitments to meet part of their
commitments by investing in projects in developing countries that reduce GHG emissions.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Implement CDM in the building design and/or operations as an optional method to
receive capital or technology for building sustainability.
Justification
The W orld Resources Institute defines a carbon offset as “a unit of carbon dioxide-
equivalent CO2e) that is reduced, avoided, or sequestered to compensate for emissions
occurring elsewhere”. Common renewable energy offsets are wind power, solar power,
hydroelectric power, and biofuel. Some of these offsets are used to reduce the cost
differential between renewable and conventional energy production, increasing the
commercial viability of choice to use renewable energy sources.
Once it has been accredited by the UNFCCC, a carbon off-set project can be used as
carbon credit and linked with official emission trading schemes, such as the European
Union Emission Trading Scheme or Kyoto Protocol, as Certified Emission Reductions.

Adopt the Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) during the Pre-Design stage in
ensuring effective implementation. The five National CDM criteria for all projects are
(Refer Figure 36):
1. Support the sustainable development policies of Malaysia and bring direct
benefits towards achieving sustainable development.
2. Involve participation of Annex I Party/Parties as a CER buyer.
3. Provide technology transfer benefits and/or improvement of technology,
including the enhancement of local technology.
4. Fulfil all the conditions underlined by the CDB Executive Board.
5. Justify the ability to implement the proposed CDM project activity .
239
MyCREST
Figure 36. National CDM project cycle (retrieved from Malaysia CDM Information Handbook).
Submittals
1. Relevant documentation and verification of CDM implementation.
References
1. Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment. (n.d.). Malaysia CDM Information
Handbook.
240
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
IN2 Innovation IN 2 S
d. Maintenance of the Heritage Value of Existing Facilities 1 Point
Aims
To preserve the heritage of existing buildings.
Requirements
1 POINT:
The exact project requirement will be determined later. However, this sub-criterion is open
to project teams to apply and propose. It will be decided on a case-by-case basis.
Justification
The aim of this point is to award projects which allow the preservation of heritage
artefacts, monuments, and ruins within the project itself even though these entities must
not be within the project scope.
Submittals
1. Proof and documentation of the intent, proposed requirement, document
submittals, design approach of the proposed sub-criterion, and the carbon
calculation.
References
None
241
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
e. Exceptional Performance 1 point
Aims
To encourage developers to pursue and achieve above the requirement of any credit
stated in MyCREST.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Achieve beyond performance for a maximum of TW O (2) credits in either MyCREST New
Construction or MyCREST Existing Building.

Exceptional Scores are points that are awarded to projects that achieve an exemplary
performance and achieve over and above the maximum threshold for each MYCREST
sub-criterion. The first point is given for achieving the next threshold of a requirement in a
selected criterion. Exceptional scores given for any credit in the Design scorecard is
applicable to the Construction and O&M scorecard as well. Only a maximum of 2 (TWO)
Exceptional scores can be awarded under the Innovation Category and all Exceptional
Scores are awarded to CR points only.
Credit Max Exemplar

No. Credit Remarks
no. Points y point(s)
EXCEPTIONAL SCORE (1 POINT): Plant

new vegetation on 35% of the site
area including building footprint, with
at least 10% of the trees measuring
more than 28 cm in diameter when
Carbon
fully mature.
Sequestration
1 IS2.2 4 1–2
- New
Planting
Plant new vegetation on 40% of the
site area including building footprint,
with at least 10% of the trees
measuring more than 28 cm in
diameter when fully mature.
Building EXCEPTIONAL SCORE (1 POINT):
Envelope Reduction of 12 W /m2 in OTTV from
EP1.
2 Performance 4 1–2 the baseline.
1
- Thermal
Performance
242
MyCREST

Reduction of 15 W /m2 in OTTV from
the baseline.
Design that ≥ 40% of all occupied
building spaces have achieved
Admission of average of 250 lux to 500 lux as
Daylit Zone measured at the working plane, 800
and Provision mm from floor level.
EP4.
3 of Automatic 2 1–2
2
Controls EXCEPTIONAL SCORE (2 POINTS):
4.2 Natural Design that ≥ 50% of all occupied
Lighting building spaces have achieved
average of 250 lux to 500 lux as
measured at the working plane, 800
mm from floor level.
EXCEPTIONAL SCORE (1 POINT): ≥
Design
EP5. Lighting
4 4 1–2
1 Power
EXCEPTIONAL SCORE (2 POINTS): ≥
Density (LPD)
consumption
Renewable
5 EP 7 4 1–2
Energy
consumption
Building
Energy
6 EP13 40 1–2
Efficiency
Performance
GPSS score 60-69%
Green
7 EC 2 2 1–2
Product
GPSS score >69 %
Life Cycle Reduction of 30% and above of the
Analysis carbon emission from the baseline
8 EC 7 (LCA) – 6 1–2
Building EXCEPTIONAL SCORE (2 POINTS):
W orks Reduction of 35% and above of the
carbon emission from the baseline
243
MyCREST

Construction
EC1 W aste
9 2 1–2
0 Managemen
t
EXCEPTIONAL SCORE (1 POINT): 60%
W ater SPAN
10 W E1 Conservation 3 1–2
Strategies EXCEPTIONAL SCORE (2 POINTS): 70%
SPAN
Submittals
1. Proof of achievement and specification of strategies to gain exceptional
performance through official documentation as per the respective sub-criterion.
244
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
f. Other Strategies Proposed by Developers 1 point
Aims
To provide teams with the opportunity to achieve exceptional performance above the
requirements set through their own creative, innovative, and practical strategies.
Requirements
1 POINT:
One point is awarded for each innovation achieved with the submittal of the (1) intent,
(2) proposed requirement, (3) documents, (4) design approach of the proposed
innovation credit, (5) carbon calculation, and (6) the fulfilment of the initiative.

Achieve the credit through measurable environmental performance using a strategy not
addressed in MyCREST New Construction or MyCREST Existing Building, including Elective
Points or this Sustainable and Carbon Initiatives sub -criterion. The credit proposed by
developers is recommended to be a quantifiable credit, that is, equivalent to a CR point
as per the MyCREST Scorecard. A carbon calculation is expected if the credit is regarded
as “Carbon Reduction”.
Submittals
1. Proof and submittal of the intent, proposed requirements, documents, design
approach of the proposed sub-criterion, and the carbon calculation.
245
MyCREST
ELECTIVE:
HEALTHCARE
246
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
HC1 Connection to the Natural World HC 1 S
Provide Outdoor Places of Respite on the Healthcare Campus
to Connect Healthcare Patients, Staff, and Visitors to the Health 1 Point
Benefits of the Natural Environment
Aims
Provide outdoor places of respite on the healthcare campus to connect healthcare
patients, staff, and visitors to the health benefits of the natural environment.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Provide patients, staff, and visitors accessible outdoor places of respite equal to 5% of the
net usable programme area. Qualifying areas are defined below:
1. Provide additional dedicated outdoor place(s) of respite for staff, equal to 2% of
the net usable programme area.
2. Exterior places of respite shall be subject to occupancy, located within 60 meters
of a building entrance or access point, and must be spaces where no medical
intervention or direct medical care is delivered. Qualifying areas shall be open to
fresh air, the sky, and the natural elements, including seasonal weather. In
addition, qualifying areas shall comply with all of the following:
a. Seating areas shall provide options for shade or indirect sun. Provide shade
structures, a trellis or tree-shaded wheelchair accessible seating areas at a
minimum of 1 space/1 square meter of garden area with 1 wheelchair space
per 5 seating spaces.
b. Horticulture therapy or other specific clinical special use gardens (Cancer
Healing Garden, for example), not available to all building occupants, may
be used to meet up to 50% of the required area.
c. Universal access with places to pause, available to staff and/or patients.
(Nature trails may comprise up to 30% of the required area, provided trail
access is available within 200 feet of the building entrance).
Justification
Healthcare facility design should address the physical, emotional, and spiritual needs of
patients and/or residents, staff, family members, and visitors that inhabit these buildings.
Privacy, confidentiality, security, dignity, comfort, orientation, and connection to nature
are key elements and issues that need to be addressed in the design of supportive
environments.
Places of respite connected to the natural environment are key elements in defining a
supportive, high-performance healing environment with proven effects on the well-being
of patients, staff, and visitors and with improved clinical outcomes. A growing body of
research indicates that patients and medical staff experience positive benefits from
direct access to nature. Providing direct access to exterior spaces for patients, families,
247
MyCREST
and caregivers is an important programming and design objective in all healthcare

construction and renovation.
Approach & Strategy

Select appropriate locations for places of respite, taking into account:
1. Environmental factors (e.g., winds, orientation, views).
2. Programmes of care (e.g., Horticultural Therapy).
3. Needs of specific patient populations (e.g., immune suppression, sunlight
sensitivity).
4. Realistic levels of maintenance.
Consider issues of way finding and orientation, accessibility, strength and stamina,
activity and interest, privacy and security, and independence of the patient.
Provide choice and variety in the design of spaces (for example, spaces that engage all
the senses but also areas with limited sensory stimulation). Consider a variety of smaller
spaces conveniently located throughout the facility rather than one large space. Also,
consider integrating these exterior spaces with interior public spaces to enhance the
connection to nature throughout the facility. Design considerations should include
freedom from distractions, such as noise from mechanical systems, facility administrative
activities, and medical treatments.
Direct connection to the natural environment includes views of distant a nd nearby

nature (such as inaccessible rooftop spaces with “green” [vegetated] roofs and mature
street trees). Positive views and vistas should be considered , and visual barriers into
patient rooms, treatment rooms, and mechanical systems should be implemented.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. A report of the intentions and aims with design diagrams describing a nd
demonstrating strategies that gear towards the goal that 75% of all inpatients and
75% of qualifying outpatients with > 4 hour LOS have access to secure and
supervised outdoor space in compliance with the credit goals.
1. As-built floor plan showing the outdoor space connected to the patient area.

1. Green Guide for Health Care. (2008). Sustainable sites management, Version 2.2.
2. Smith, A. S. L. A. (2007). Health and nature: the influence of nature on design of
the environment of care. The Center of Health Design.
248
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
POINT
HC2 Equipment and Medical Equipment Efficiency HC 2 S
Prevent Contaminant Releases to Air, Land, and Water 1 Point
Aims
To prevent contaminant releases to air, land, and water.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Establish oil interceptors at all drains from parking areas and central plant areas in
compliance with local regulations.
Justification
Healthcare facilities store and manage chemicals in both underground tanks and other
outdoor facilities. Along with run-off from parking areas, these are significant potential
sources of surface and groundwater contamination. By minimising potential exposure,
healthcare facilities can contribute to protecting the health of the surrounding
community.
Approach & Strategy

1. Ensure that storage facilities include secondary containment provisions to prevent
unintentional spills and leakage from contaminating aquifers and site stormwater.
2. Provide oil interceptors at all drains from parking areas and central plant areas in
accordance with the following performance standards, as a minimum:
a. Vent each interceptor to the outer air with a minimum of 2" vent.
b. Provide each interceptor with a readily accessible gastight cleanout cover.
c. Provide either a waste line of not less than 6 inches in diameter with a full-
sized cleanout to grade or a two-inch pump-out connection at grade.
3. Ensure that storage facilities include secondary containment provisions in
accordance with the following performance standards:
a. Secondary containment must be constructed, operated, and maintained
product tight. The secondary containment must also be constructed,
operated, and maintained in a manner that prevents structural weakening
as a result of contact with any hazardous substances released from the
primary containment, and be capable of storing hazardous substances for
the maximum anticipated period of time necessary to recover any
released hazardous substance.
b. Secondary containment must be constructed, operated, and maintained
to prevent any water intrusion into the system through precipitation,
infiltration, or surface runoff.
249
MyCREST
4. Provide a continuous monitoring system for the tank system. The monitoring system
must be capable of detecting the entry of both liquid- and vapour- phase of fuel
oil and water into the secondary containment.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Compile the design documentation of on-site fuel oils to the storage system(s),
verifying compliance with the credit goals.
2. Compile a plan indicating the location of all storage facilities and a narrative
describing secondary containment provisions, verifying compliance with the
credit goals.
1. As-built drawing plan showing the location of all storage facilities and on-site fuel
oils to the storage system.

None
250
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
OCCUPANT AND HEALTH
POINT
Control and Strategies to Reduce Mould Occurrence for HC 3 S
HC3
Healthcare Buildings
Control and Strategies to Reduce Mould Occurrence for

1 Point
Healthcare Buildings
Aims
To prevent mould growth in healthcare building areas and lodges to ensure building
users’ health and harmony.
Requirements
1 POINT:
1. Use double wall with proper insulation for 24-hour air-conditioned spaces.
2. Use proper PU or equivalent insulation to prevent thermal bridging around all 24
hours air-conditioned spaces; OR
3. Use any other methods or technology that can prevent mould growth in the
mentioned areas.
Justification
Mould can potentially cause health problems. It produces allergens (substances that can
cause allergic reactions), irritants, and in some cases, potentially toxic substances.
Inhaling or touching mould or mould spores may cause allergic reactions in sensitive
individuals. Hence, mould prevention is important in ensuring the health of building
occupants. For a healthcare building, this point is more important as patients will be very
sensitive to mould and air quality.
Approach & Strategy

Many factors may result in mould growth in buildings. They include those related to poor
HVAC design, thermal bridging in walls and slabs, poor ventilation, and rainwater or pipe
water leakage. The most effective way to prevent mould growth in a building is to avoid
these entire parameters’ occurrence in buildings. This is more challenging in healthcare
buildings due to the presence of 24-hour cooled spaces next to naturally ventilated
spaces.
It is important to eliminate wet or damp areas on all surfaces to prevent mould growth.
Humidity must be controlled in air-conditioned spaces. Air movement must be enhanced
in non-air-conditioned spaces and thermal bridging shall be avoided.
Ensure moisture is controlled in buildings, outdoors, and lodges at the design,

construction, and operation stage. In addition, have control over the following:
1. Proper insulation of the air conditioning ducting system.
251
MyCREST
2. Proper insulation of walls surrounding 24-hour air-conditioned spaces to avoid the

occurrence of cold walls.
3. Prevention of leakage of rainwater through roof and walls.
4. Prevention of infiltration of humid air into air-conditioned spaces.
5. Control of air ventilation in buildings and use of mechanical ventilation to provide
sufficient air movement.
6. Avoidance of air conditioners’ air supply diffuser from being located very close to
the wall surface or cold air jets hitting the surface of the wall.
7. Prevention of water leakage into the basement level.
8. Prevention of pipe leakage or broken pipes.
9. Complete control of indoor moisture sources and avoiding the creation of
humidity.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Basic report outlining the strategies that will be implemented to fulfil the
requirements for mould prevention.
2. CFD simulation of naturally ventilated spaces that are adjacent to air-conditioned
spaces, indicating the air movement and wall temperatures at critical times.
3. W alls and slabs details around the 24 hours air-conditioned spaces, indicating
proper thermal bridging prevention strategy.
4. Basic post-construction building commissioning plan, indicating sufficient moisture
removal from the building construction before occupancy.
1. Provide a report on the reading of RH and temperature logging.

1. Jabatan Kerja Raya (JKR). (2009). Indoor Mould Prevention Guideline
(ASHRAE). (n.d.). ASHRAE Handbook – HVAC Fundamentals.
3. ASHRAE. (n.d.). Guideline for buildings in Humid Climate Zone.
4. Kemp, P. & Neumeister-Kemp, H. (2010). Australian Mould Guideline: The go-to
guide for everything mould. Messenger Publishing.
252
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
OCCUPANT AND HEALTH
POINT
HC4 Indoor Leisure Areas HC 4 S
Connect Patients, Visitors, and Staff to the Natural Environment

1 Point
Through Views of Nature from Indoor Places of Respite
Aims
Connect patients, visitors, and staff to the natural environment through views of nature
from indoor places of respite.
Requirement
1 POINT:
Provide patients, visitors, and staff accessible indoor places of respite with 90% of the
occupied area of those spaces having direct views of nature. To qualify, these spaces
must have a direct connection to the natural environment and must have spaces where
no medical intervention or direct medical care is delivered and where no facility
administration or maintenance is being conducted.
Audio-visual technology that simulates nature may be used to fulfil up to 20% of the credit
goal in spaces that are not accessible to nature.
Justification
Research shows that physical and visual connections to the natural environment (access
to outdoor space, views of nature, natural daylighting) provide social, psychological,
and physical benefits. Such connections also assist in patient recovery and healing,
reduce stress, and improve the overall healthcare environment. Similar benefits accrue
to staff, thus leading to improved delivery of services to the patients they serve.
Approach & Strategy

Indoor places of respite may include, but are not limited to:
1. Family consultation or gathering spaces.
2. Lounges without negative distractions, such as televisions.
3. Cafe or cafeteria seating areas.
4. Grieving rooms.
5. Meditation spaces or surau.
6. Resource areas and libraries.
7. Designated staff break areas with positive sensory distractions.
8. Spa or exercise spaces for staff and/or visitors.
9. Seating areas within Atrium spaces that are sky lit and have live plant material.
Carbon Calculator
None
253
MyCREST
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Floor plans, highlighting places of respite with views of nature.
2. Building programme and calculation, showing that 90% of these spaces meet the
credit goal of having direct views or connection to nature.
3. Compile annotated and descriptive plans graphically , demonstrating the site
planning principles to maximise the experience of significant natural features for
therapeutic value.
4. A list of all places of respite in the building programme. Identify their intended
activities and areas, with a calculation showing that 90% of the aggregate area
of those spaces meets the credit goal of having direct views or connection to
nature.
5. Compile floor plans, highlighting all places of respite and indicating those with
views of nature.
1. As-built floor plan, showing the places of respite with views of nature.

1. Lawton, J. (2010). Making Space for Nature: a review of England's wildlife sites and
ecological networks. Defra.
2. Spengler, J. D., & Chen, Q. (2000). Indoor air quality factors in designing a healthy
building. Annual Review of Energy and the Environment, 25(1), 567-600.
254
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
OCCUPANT AND HEALTH
POINT
HC5 Daylight & Views: Lighting & Circadian Rhythm HC 5 S
555 Reinforce Natural Circadian Rhythm (Sleep/Wake Patterns) in
Patients and Daytime Staff, and Promote Alertness in Both Day- 1 Point
Shift and Night-Shift Staff
Aims
To reinforce natural circadian rhythm (sleep/wake patterns) in patients and daytime
staff, and to promote alertness in both day-shift and night-shift staff.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Establish electric lighting and daylighting systems and controls for patient areas and staff
work areas based upon the principles of circadian rhythm (a self-sustained biological
rhythm, which in an organism’s natural environment normally has the period of
approximately 24 hours).
Justification
The human body’s hormone levels are largely influenced by its daily exposure to light and
darkness. Natural light reportedly helps regulate the circadian rhythm and thus has a
significant effect on one’s physical and emotional wellness. Lighting and circadian
rhythm can improve the healing environment by supporting patient comfort and staff
performance with light that adapts to individual needs. It simulates natural daylight while
indoors, thus helping to maintain the biorhythm and speed up the healing of patients.
This connection has been observed in hospitals wherein patients who are exposed to
generous amounts of sunlight have reported feeling less pain and stress, and even use
up to 22 per cent less medication per hour.
Approach & Strategy

Patient Areas
In patient sleeping areas, establish lighting and lighting control design solutions that allow
for variation in day and night lighting characteristics.
1. Provide a separately controlled night time navigational lighting system in the
amber to red area of the colour spectrum.
2. Shield patients’ rooms from the bright light of work areas and circulation spaces.
3. Shield staff’s self-luminous monitors and chart lighting located within patients’
rooms from patients’ bed view.
4. Provide night-time shielding of patients’ rooms from exterior light sources.
Staff Areas
In staff areas, establish lighting to support work performance and alertness through both
daytime and night time lighting cycles. Ensure that the area has multiple levels of lighting
available.
255
MyCREST
1. Provide sleeping areas which are close to complete darkness for staff and
residents. If more than one person uses the sleeping room, provide a night-time
navigational lighting system in the amber to red area of the colour spectrum.
2. Provide at least one location for night-shift staff that provides a separately
controlled vertical lighting element of 4000 K or greater colour temperature with a
target vertical luminance level of 250 foot candles when two (2) feet away at eye
height measured. Provide a control that turns the lighting element off when the
space is unoccupied. Provide space for stretching and/or mild physical activity to
support alertness. Ensure that staff are not required to walk through this area to
access the sleeping area.
3. Provide access to daylight for all staff on their regularly traversed work path
without the need to enter a patient’s room or other private space.
The timing of an individual’s circadian function will typically vary depending upon their
population group (i.e. the young, the aged, those undergoing chemotherapy, day -shift
versus evening- or night-shift staff). Therefore, any lighting system that helps to support a
healthy circadian rhythm must be capable of being tuned to the individual patient or
staff. Care must be taken to educate staff on the use of such a system because when
the lighting works against the establishment of a healthy circadian rhythm, adverse
impacts may occur.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Drawings and specification information in compliance with the credit goals.
1. Lighting specification.
2. As-built plan, showing the installed circadian rhythms lighting.

1. Vitaterna, M. H., Takahashi, J. S., & Turek, F. W . (2001). Overview of circadian
rhythms. Alcohol Research & Health, 25(2), 85.
256
MyCREST
MAXIMUM
OCCUPANT AND HEALTH
POINT
HC6 PBT Source Reduction – Mercury in Lamps HC 6 S
Reduce the Release of Persistent Bio-Accumulative and Toxic
Chemicals (PBTs) Associated with the Life Cycle of Building 1 Point
Materials
Aims
Reduce the release of persistent bio-accumulative and toxic chemicals (PBTs) associated
with the life cycle of building materials.
Requirements
1 POINT:
Specify and install low-mercury fluorescent lamps according to the following criteria as
specified in European lighting industry standards (Directive 2011-65, ELC, CELMA):
Type
Mercury in single capped(compact) fluorescent lamps not exceeding
1
(per burner):
1 (a) For general lighting purposes < 30W : 5 mg
1 (b) For general lighting purposes ≥ 30Wand < 50W: 5 mg
1 (c) For general lighting purposes ≥ 50W and < 150W : 5 mg
1 (d) For general lighting purposes ≥ 150W: 15 mg
For general lighting purposes with circular or square structural shape and
1 (e)
tube diameter ≤ 17 mm
1 (f) For special purposes: 5 mg
Mercury in double-capped linear fluorescent lamps for general lighting
2 (a)
purposes not exceeding (per lamp):
Tri-band phosphor with a normal lifetime and a tube diameter < 9 mm
2 (a) (1)
(e.g. T2): 5 mg
Tri-bandphosphor with normal lifetime and a tube diameter 2:9mm and
2 (a) (2)
17mm (e.g. T5): 5 mg
Tri-band phosphor with a normal lifetime and a tube diameter > 17mm
2 (a) (3)
and ≤28 mm (e.g. T8): 5 mg
Tri-band phosphor with normal lifetime and a tube diameter > 28 mm (e.g.
2 (a) (4)
Tl2): 5 mg
2 (a) (5) Tri-band phosphor with long lifetime (≥ 25000 h): 8 mg
2 (b) Mercury in other fluorescent lamps not exceeding (per lamp):
2 (b) (1) Linear halophosphate lamps with tube > 28 mm (e.g. T10 and Tl2):10 mg
2 (b) (2) Non-linear halophosphate lamps(all diameters):15 mg
2 (b) (3) Non-linear tri-band phosphor lamps with tube diameter > 17mm (e.g. T9)
Lamps for other general lighting and special purposes(e.g. induction
2 (b) (4)
lamps)
257
MyCREST
Mercury in cold cathode fluorescent lamps and external electrode

3 fluorescent lamps (CCFL and EEFL) for special purposes not exceeding
(per lamp):
3 (a) Short length ( ≤ 500mm)
3 (b) Medium length (> 500mm and ≤ 1500mm)
3 (c) Long length (> 1500mm)
4 (a) Mercury in other low pressure discharge lamps (per lamp):
Mercury in High Pressure Sodium (vapour) lamps for general lighting
4 (b) purposes not exceeding (per burner) in lamps with improved colour
rendering index Ra > 60:
4 (b) -I P ≤ 155 W
4 (b) -II 155 W < P ≤ 405 W
4 (b) -III P > 405 W
Mercury in other High-Pressure Sodium (vapour) lamps for general lighting
4 (C)
purposes not exceeding (per burner):
4 (C) -I P ≤ 155 W
4 (C) -II 155 W < P ≤ 405 W
4 (C) -III P > 405 W
4 (d) Mercury in High-Pressure Mercury (vapour) lamps (HPMV)
4 (e) Mercury in metal halide lamps (MH)
Mercury in other discharge lamps for special purposes not specifically
4 (f)
mentioned in this Annex
5 (a) Lead in glass of cathode ray tubes
5 (b) Lead in glass of fluorescent tubes not exceeding 0.2 % by weight
Lead as an alloying element in steel for machining purposes and in
6 (a)
galvanized steel containing up to 0.35% lead by weight
Lead as an alloying element in aluminium containing up to 0.4% lead by
6 (b)
weight
6 (c) Copper alloy containing up to 4% lead by weight
Lead in high melting temperature type solders (i.e., lead-based alloys
7 (a)
containing 85% by weight or more lead)
Lead in solders for servers, storage and storage array systems, network
7 (b) infrastructure equipment for switching, signalling, transmission, and
network management for telecommunications
Electrical and electronic components containing lead in a glass or
7 (c) -II ceramic other than dielectric ceramic in capacitors, e.g. piezoelectric
devices, or in a glass or ceramic matrix compound
Lead in dielectric ceramic in capacitors for a rated voltage of 125 VAC or
7 (c) -II
250 VDC or higher
Lead in dielectric ceramic in capacitors for a rated voltage of less than
7 (c) -III
125 VAC or 250 VDC
8 (a) Cadmium and its compounds in one shot pellet type thermal cut-offs
8 (b) Cadmium and its compounds in electrical contacts
258
MyCREST
Hexavalent chromium as an anti-corrosion agent of the carbon steel

9 cooling system in absorption refrigerators up to 0.75% by weight in the
cooling solution
Lead in bearing shells and bushes for refrigerant-containing compressors
9 (b) for heating, ventilation, air conditioning, and refrigeration (MVAC)
applications
11 (a) Lead used in C-press compliant pin connector systems
11 (b) Lead used in other than C-press compliant pin connector systems
12 Lead as a coating material for the thermal conduction module C-ring
13 (a) Lead in white glasses used for optical applications
Cadmium and lead in filter glasses and glasses used for reflectance
13 (b)
standards
Lead in solders consisting of more than two elements for the connection
14 between the pins and the package of microprocessors with a lead
content of more than 80% and less than 85% by weight
Lead in solders to complete a viable electrical connection between semi-
15
conductor die and carrier within integrated circuit flip chip packages
16 Lead in linear incandescent lamps with silicate coated tubes
Lead halide as radiant agent in high intensity discharge(HID) lamps used
17
for professional reprography application
Lead as an activator in the fluorescent powder (1% lead by weight or less)
of discharge lamps when used as speciality lamps for diazo printing
18 (a)
reprography, lithography, insect traps, photochemical and curing
processes containing phosphors such as SMS ((Sr, Ba)2MgSi2O7:Pb)
Lead as an activator in the fluorescent powder (I% lead by weight or
18 (b) less)of discharge lamps when used as sun tanning lamps containing
phosphors such as BSP (BaSi 2O5:Bp)
Lead with PbBiSn-Hg and PblnSn-Hgin specific compositions as the main
19 amalgam and with PbSn-Hg as auxiliary amalgam in very compact
energy-saving lamps (ESL)
Lead oxide in glass used for bonding front and rear substrates of flat
20
fluorescent lamps used for Liquid Crystal Displays (LCDs)
Lead and cadmium in printing inks for the application of enamels on
21
glasses, such as borosilicate and soda lime glasses
Lead in finishes of fine pitch components other than connectors with a
23
pitch of 0.65 mm and less
Lead in solders for the soldering to machine through hole discoidal and
24
planar array ceramic multilayer capacitors
Lead oxide in surface conduction electron emitter displays (SED) used in
25
structural elements, notably in the seal frit a n d frit ring
26 Lead oxide in the glass envelope of black light blue lamps
Lead alloys as solder for transducers used in high-powered (designated
27 to operate for several hours at acoustic power levels of 125 dB SPL and
above) loudspeakers
259
MyCREST
Lead bound in crystal glass as defined in Annex I (Categories 1,2, 3 and 4)

29
of Council Directive 69/493/EEC(1)
Cadmium alloys as electrical/mechanicals older joints to electrical
30 conductors located directly on the voice coil in transducers used in high-
powered loudspeakers with sound pressure levels of 100 dB(A) and more
Lead in soldering materials in mercury free flat fluorescent lamps (which,
31
e.g. are used for liquid crystal displays, design, or industrial lighting)
Lead oxide in seal frit used for making window assemblies for Argon and
32
Krypton laser tubes
Lead in solders for the soldering of thin copper wires of 100 um diameter
33
and less in power transformers
34 Lead in cermet-based trimmer potentiometer elements
Mercury used as a cathode sputtering in hibitorin DC plasma displays
36
with a content up to 30 mg per display
Lead in the plating layer of high voltage diodes on the basis of a zinc
37
borate glass body
Cadmium and cadmium oxide in thick film pastes used on aluminium
38
bonded beryllium oxide
Cadmium in colour converting II-VI LEDs (< 10 u gCd per mm2 of light-
39
emitting area) for use in solid state illumination or display systems
Justification
PBTs are toxic chemicals of particular health concern because they do not break down
quickly in the environment, they become widely distributed geographically, and they
bio-magnify or concentrate in the tissue of living organisms as they move up the food
chain. With a few exceptions, the major source of human exposure to PBTs in the general
population occurs from the consumption of contaminated food in the ordinary diet.
These toxic chemicals cause a range of adverse wildlife and human health effects,
including cancer, and developmental impacts in nervous, reproductive, and immune
systems.
Immature, developing organisms are often the most sensitive to exposure to PBTs.
Because of their toxicity, persistence, and bio-accumulative characteristics, even very
small, difficult to detect releases can lead to harmful exposure. This has led to an
emphasis on strategies targeting the elimination of the production and use of PBT
substances, or those that are known to lead to their formation, rather than attempting to
control emissions. Mercury is a potent neurotoxin. Significant amounts of mercury
released into the environment are transformed into methyl-mercury, which bio-
concentrates in the food chain.
Prenatal exposure to methyl-mercury can result in deficits in language, memory, and

attention. Mercury is one of at least six PBTs commonly addressed in PBT elimination
policies that have direct links with building materials. Others include cadmium, lead,
dioxins (including furans and dioxin-like compounds), PCBs (polychlorinated biphenyls),
and PBDEs (polybrominated diphenyl ethers). These PBTs are used in the manufacture of
260
MyCREST
building materials or unavoidably produced and released into the environment during
one or more stages of the material’s life cycle.
Approach & Strategy

Research on low-mercury products that are available in the market.
Carbon Calculator
None
Submittals
Design Assessment:
1. Compile the documentation, verifying compliance with the credit goal criterion
for mercury content in fluorescent lamps.
1. Lighting specification.
2. As-built plan, showing the installed low mercury lighting.

1. Directive 2011/65/EU of The European Parliament and of The Council on the
Restriction of the Use of Certain Hazardous Substance in Electrical And Electronic
Equipment
261
MyCREST
APPENDIX 1
Technical Notes on MyCREST Baseline
262
MyCREST/App1/ver2.0/19062020
MyCREST© 2020 Reference Guide Operation & Maintenance Stage
MyCREST
BASELINE FOR MyCREST CALCULATOR
INTRODUCTION
This technical report represents a summary of the deriv ation of the MyCREST
baseline in each carbon emission calculator.
LIST OF CARBON CALCULATOR IN MyCREST
NO CALCULATOR ID CODE
1 IS-CAL01
CARBON ACCOUNTING IN SITE CALCULATOR
IS-CAL02
EP-CAL01
2 ENERGY MODEL TEMPLATE CALCULATOR
EP-CAL02
3 EC-CAL01
LIFE CYCLE ANALYSIS – BUILDING W ORKS CALCULATOR
EC-CAL02
4 W E-CAL01
W ATER CONSERVATION STRATEGIES CALCULATOR
W E-CAL02
5 EMISSION REPORTING: CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY
IS-CAL05
CALCULATOR
6 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION CALCULATOR EC-CAL03
7
CONSTRUCTION W ASTE MANAGEMENT CALCULATOR W M-CAL01
263
MyCREST
BASELINE FOR EACH MyCREST CALCULATOR
1. CARBON ACCOUNTING IN SITE CALCULATOR
INTRODUCTION
Carbon Sequestration is the process of capture and long-term storage of

atmospheric carbon dioxide (CO2 ) and may refer specifically to:
a. "The process of removing carbon from the atmosphere and depositing
it in a reservoir." W hen carried out deliberately, this may also be referred
to as carbon dioxide removal, which is a form of geo engineering.
b. The process of carbon capture and storage, where carbon dioxide is
removed from flue gases, such as on power stations, before being stored
in underground reservoirs.
c. Natural biogeochemical cycling of carbon between the atmosphere
and reservoirs, such as by chemical weathering of rocks.
Carbon sequestration describes a long-term storage of carbon dioxide or other

forms of carbon to either mitigate or defer global warming and avoid
dangerous climate change. It has been proposed as a way to slow the
atmospheric and marine accumulation of greenhouse gases, which are
released by burning fossil fuels.
CARBON SEQUESTRATION IN GREEN BUILDING
Tree Species
Examples of biodiversity for plant less than 11 inch are - Ferns (1 family consists
of 11000 species), Aroids, Gingers (more than 1000 species), Bamboo (10
families and more than 50 genera), Orchids (most diverse), Bryophyte (such as
mosses), Rattan, Shrubs, Ground covers, Liana, Palms (8 families with 60
genera), cycads (250 species) and annuals
Tree Size
11 inch trees sequester more carbon which can be claimed later based on
carbon sequestration rate. In this section, it can be claimed based on
percentage. There are 2 ways to get credit, either through carbon
sequestration rate or percentage of preserved trees.
Tree Planting
Based on the rate of sequestration and both percentage as well as ca rbon
rate.
264
MyCREST
Sequestration Rate
Coefficient rates for individual species are different. It involves time and cost to
get the exact sequestration rate for each individual species. On top of that,
data availability on sequestration rate in Malaysia is very limited. Therefore, we
use a standard coefficient rate for your ease. Any effort made to get the exact
sequestration rate is really appreciated.
Landscaping Process
In this section, all data will be based on flora inventory and analysis done by
botanist/horticulturist. During this process, only tree with a trunk diameter of 11
inch and above will be counted. However, if effort made to hire botanist to
conduct inventory and analysis for trees with a trunk diameter less than 11 inch,
credit can be claimed based on carbon sequestration rate but time and cost
will be affected. The cost to identify single species is 200.00/specimen. All the
information on invasive or non-invasive species will be provided by the botanist
at the first stage of site inventory and analysis report. The type of fertilizer is not
relevant in this section, only trees or greenery area.
Integration to Architectural Design

Assessed Based on percentage of green area per site area
Baseline
As baseline, the site of original Greenfield area will be measured by cutting all
trees.
Methods of Carbon Sequestration Calculation
Three calculations have been developed:
A. W ater bodies
B. Trees
C. Grass
The calculation on carbon sequestration will be divided into these three types
of trees:
A. Water bodies
Step 1: Total Dry W eight (TDW )
TDW = 0.56 x area in meter squared
Step 2: Total Carbon W eight (TCW )
TCW = TDW x 0.427
Step 3: Total CO2 W eight (TCO2W )
265
MyCREST
TCO2W = TCW x 3.6663
B. Trees
Step 1: Height of Tree
Height : 1/H = 1/(2.0*D) + 1/61
: W = 0.25 x ((D2/6.4515) x (H/0.3048) x 1.2)
Step 2: Mass of Stem
Ms = 0.0313*(D2H)0.9733
Step 3: Mass of Branch
Mb = 0.136*Ms1.070
Step 4: Mass of Leaves
Ml = 1/Ml=1/(0.124Ms0.794)+1/125
Step 5: Total AGB
AGB = (Ms+Mb+Ml) x No of Trees
Step 6: Total Biomass
Biomass = Total AGB /1000
Step 7 : Total Carbon
Carbon = TBiomass x 0.47
Step 8: Carbon Coeficient for Open Grown Tree in City
Coefficient = Tcarbon x 0.8
Step 9: Carbon Sequestration
Carbon Sequestration = Coefficient x 44/12
C. Grass
Step 1: Total Dry W eight (TDW )
TDW = 0.56 x area in meter squared
Step 2: Total Carbon W eight (TCW )
266
MyCREST
TCW = TDW x 0.427
Step 3: Total CO2 W eight (TCO2W )
Step 4: tCO2e II = TCO2W/1000
Derivation of Baseline
1. Carbon sequestration methods of calculation were developed by

Harris, R.W ., Clark, J.R. And Matheny, N.P. (2003) in Arboriculture:
integrated management of landscape trees, shrubs, and vines.
Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, N.J.
2. “Carbon sequestration.” Wikipedia: The Free Encyclopedia. Wikimedia

Foundation, Inc. Web. 20 June
2013.http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carbon_sequestration
3. Baseline Tree taken from FRIM derive from Kato et al. (1978).
267
MyCREST
Technical Notes for Carbon Sequestration
NO CRITERIA *CI/ CR/ S CONSULTANT’S COMMENTS

SITE PLANNING AND CARBON ACCOUNTING ON SITE (FOR GREENFIELD OR GRADED SITE)
a Site inventory and analysis on CR
existing greenery flora
b Carbon sequestration- Why 11 inches? Does an 11-inch tree sequester more or less carbon than a sapling?
preservation
 In this section, all data will be based on flora inventory and analysis done by a
botanist/horticulturist. During this process, only trees with a trunk diameter of 11-
i) For non-urban areas:
inch and above will be counted. However, if effort made to hire a botanist to
conduct an inventory and analysis for trees with a trunk diameter less than 11-
 Preserve 60 - 80 Percent
inch, credit can be claimed based on carbon sequestration rate but time and
of trees with trunk
cost will be affected. Examples of biodiversity for plant less than 11-inch are -
diameter larger than 28
Ferns (1 family consists of 11000 species), Aroids, Gingers (more than 1000
cm
species), Bamboo (10 families and more than 50 genera), Orchids (most diverse),
 Preserve more than 80
Bryophyte (such as mosses), Rattan, Shrubs, Ground covers, Liana, Palms, (8
Percent of trees with trunk
families with 60 genera), cycads (250 species) and annuals.
diameter larger than 28 CR  Cost to identify single species – 200.00/ specimen
cm
ii) For urban areas:  Furthermore 11-inch trees sequester more carbon which can be claimed later
based on carbon sequestration rate. In this section, it can be claimed based on
percentage. There are 2 ways to get credit, either through carbon sequestration
of trees with trunk rate or percentage of preserved trees.
diameter larger than 28  In this case, we based on percentage to get point later on other section we used
cm carbon rate to get another point.
cm
268
MyCREST
Approach and Strategy identify variation in sequestration rate but this does not seem
to be taken into account.
 Coefficient rate for an individual species is definitely different. It involves time and
Carbon sequestration- cost to get the exact sequestration rate for each individual species. On top of
preservation (Cont’d) that, data availability on sequestration rate in Malaysia is very limited. Therefore,
we use a standard coefficient rate for your ease. Any effort made to get the
i) For non-urban areas: exact sequestration rate is really appreciated.
of trees with trunk Brown field site with no trees cannot achieve any credit in this category.
cm  No trees. Propose more trees to credit.
How is ‘integration to architectural design’ assessed?
cm
 Based on the percentage of green area per site area
ii) For urban areas:
of trees with trunk
cm
Preserve more than 80 Percent
of trees with trunk diameter
larger than 28 cm
c Carbon sequestration restoration Reference to LEED – are US horticultural solutions applicable to Malaysia?
(new tree/s planting )
CR  It depends on a situation, or else hire a Malaysian horticulturist as a consultant to
 Plant new vegetation on advice on certain things. For instance, soil in US is more alkaline while in Malaysia,
30% of site area excluding it is more acidic and this will influence types of fertilizer and maintenance wise
building foot print
269
MyCREST
 Plant new vegetation on Define ‘tree planting’ – are the criteria only based on rate of sequestration?
40% of site area excluding
building foot print  No, but they will be based on both percentage and carbon rate as stated earlier
 Plant new vegetation on
50% of site area excluding
building foot print Are the information on invasive and noxious weeds provided? What types of fertilizer
 Replant vegetation on are required or permitted?
more than 50% of site
area excluding building  All information on invasive or non-invasive species will be provided by the
foot print botanist at the first stage of site inventory and analysis report
Produce carbon sequestration  Types of fertilizer are not relevant in this section, only trees or greenery area
of not less than 0.5tCO2e
270
MyCREST
2. ENERGY MODEL TEMPLATE CALCULATOR
Baseline
In MyCREST’s operational energy calculations, points are awarded according
to improvement of the baseline model and its predicted energy consumption.
The baseline of a passive design model can generally be defined as a model

based on the shape and geometry of the proposed design of a building, but
with no projections or protrusions, and which minimally complies with the
MS1525 2007.
In MyCREST, a baseline of a passive design model is based on the MS1525

minimum compliance in terms of passive (OTTV parameters that combine to
produce an average OTTV not exceeding 50) and selected factors of an
active design.
The baseline model is a model that is based on the basic geometry of the
proposed design.
To comply with OTTV of 50:

For model using the MyCREST calculator, the consulting engineer mu st
generate a baseline model or a scenario based on a simplified but similar
geometry to the proposed design.
All characteristics, requirement and parameters of the Baseline model are

based on the basic characteristics derived from the MS1525 Version 2007. These
characteristics must follow the MyCREST requirements and are as outlined in
the MyCREST BASELINE MODELLING GUIDE’ (Appendix 2). Among the
parameters are:
Passive Design:
The baseline must achieve a minimum of OTTV = 50 W /m2, RTTV = 25W /m2 (with
skylights) and minimum U values as stated in MS1525.
The followings are the additional characteristics of the baseline model:
W indows
W WR = 50% and must be evenly distributed on ALL facades
271
MyCREST
Active Design:
Equipment
Active design shall follow the requirements as stated in the MyCREST
MODELLING GUIDE as per Appendix 2.
Baseline spaces by space Lighting Power Density (LPD) are as stated in the EP4
The ACMV Basis of Design must comply with the ASHRAE 62.1 and the ASHRAE
55.
The baseline model can be:
1. If dynamic thermal software is used, the baseline model can show

positive effects of optimum orientation by rotating the model and
running an energy simulation on four cardinal directions of the exact
north, east, west and south.
OR
2. If the MyCREST calculator is used and In lieu of the above, the baseline
model average OTTV value for all facades can be calculated to reach
a combination of passive parameters to achieve a value not exceeding
50 W /m2.
Effects of the orientations can be included by assuming that with the
values of the passive design, the building is assumed to orientate exactly
at north- south based on the site boundaries.
3. Effects of natural ventilation for occupied transitional spaces such as

lobbies and cafes can be calculated by assuming that all these spaces
are air-conditioned in the baseline model.
The carbon emission factor for electricity is 0.747 kg CO2e/ unit.
The carbon emission factor for electricity derived from the CIS 20:2012, Green
Performance Assessment System in Construction, pg: 31, Construction Industry
Development Board Malaysia (CIDB).
272
MyCREST
3. LIFE CYCLE ANALYSIS – BUILDING W ORKS CALCULATOR
Baseline
Baseline for total structural element embodied carbon must be < 0.34
tCO2e/m2. The propose materials embodied carbon are deducted from
baseline to get the percentage of reduction. The point given will be based on
the percentage reduced from baseline.
The development of the baseline for MyCREST LCA calculator was based on
two case studies. Two projects with similar material specifications and close to
conventional type of building have been chosen to get the baseline for this
calculator. For the purpose of this criterion, only the following structural
elements were taken into account:
 Slab
 Column & Beam
 W all
 Roofing
 W indow frame & glazing
The value of the embodied carbon for each material listed above was taken
from
the Green PASS embodied carbon building materials.
Result from 2 case studies:

Case study 1 - Total embodied carbon per m2= 0.43 tCO2e/m2
Case study 2 - Total embodied carbon per m2= 0.38 tCO2e/2 This value is taken
Average = 0.40 tCO2e as baseline for LCA
calculation
Challenges &Limitation
 No database on the embodied carbon per m2 for different types of
buildings materials normally used in Malaysia.
273
MyCREST
4. W ATER CONSERVATION STRATEGIES CALCULATOR
Baseline
W ater efficient fitting is measured from the water flow rate. From the baseline
given below, the team must calculate the reduction of their proposed water
fitting from the baseline. The water-efficient baseline is as shown:

Conventional Water Closet 6.00
(Male)
Conventional Water Closet
6.00
(Female)
Kitchen Sink 8.33
Bidet 8.00
Ablution Tap 8.00
Shower 10.00
The carbon emission factor for processed water is 0.419 kg CO2e/ m3.
The baseline is generated from the minimum flowrate / water consumption for
1 Star rated in Guideline for Voluntary W ater Efficient Products Labelling
Scheme, April 2013, SuruhanjayaPerkhidmatan Air Negara (SPAN).
The carbon emission factor for processed water derived from the CIS 20:2012,
Green Performance Assessment System in Construction, pg: 31, Construction
274
MyCREST
5. EMISSION REPORTING: CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY CALCULATOR
Baseline
The MyCREST Construction Transportation & Machinery Emission Calculator
calculates all onsite activities that require transports and machineries. The
following table shows the construction activities from site clearing to external
works.
There is no baseline for this calculator as the applicant only needs to report the
total carbon emission released by their machineries for the total duration of
construction stage.
Type of
Activity
Transportation/Machinery Energy source
Lorry Varies
Site Clearing Back hoe Diesel
Crane Diesel
Lorry Varies
Earthwork Back hoe Diesel
Crane Diesel
Lorry Varies
Substructure work Back hoe Diesel
Crane Diesel
Lorry Varies
Superstructure
Back hoe Diesel
work
Crane Diesel
External works Lorry Varies
(excluding Back hoe Diesel
landscape
Crane Diesel
works)
Derivation of Conversion Factor

Carbon emission for onsite transportation and machineries was taken from the
CIS 20:2012, Green Performance Assessment System in Construction, pg: 30,
Construction Industry Development Board Malaysia (CIDB).
275
MyCREST
6. CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION CALCULATOR
Baseline
This calculator was developed to consider the reduction of carbon emission in
materials transportation when purchasing regional materials within 500km
distance from site. All materials transportation use diesel-engine, heavy truck
type with a distance of 500km between the factory and the project site.
Carbon emission of diesel-engine, heavy truck = 2.7CO2 kg/litre
Baseline Total Fuel Kg

Transport Fuel litre/km
Distance Consumption CO2/litre
type A B
C (Litre) D= B x C E
Truck -
heavy Diesel 0.336 500 168 2.63
truck
Data of carbon emission of diesel-engine, heavy truck was taken from: The
Contribution of Road Transport to a Cleaner Environment, DAF,
http://www.daf.eu/UK/Trucks/Documents/Road-Transport-and-the-Environment.pdf
AND
CIS 20:2012, Green Performance Assessment System in Construction, pg: 31,
Construction Industry Development Board Malaysia (CIDB).
500km distance was taken as a baseline to ensure the consistency between

this sub criteria and regional materials.
276
MyCREST
7. CONSTRUCTION W ASTE MANAGEMENT CALCULATOR
Baseline
There are seven categories of waste listed in the calculator. Each category will
have its own type of waste. For the baseline, each type of waste is set to be
sent to landfill 100% as a mode of disposal and the mode of transportation is
diesel lorry. The details of the baseline are as follows:
BASELINE
Energy
Main Source
Mode of tCO2e/t tCO2e/unit of
Category Types of waste Transportation (Electricity/D
Disposal Waste Transportation
Mode iesel/Petrol/
Natural Gas)
Used Cooking Landfilled
Lorry Diesel 0.0027
Oil
Schedule
Paint Landfilled Lorry Diesel 0.0027
Batteries Landfilled 0.075 Lorry Diesel 0.0027
Glass Landfilled 0.026 Lorry Diesel 0.0027
Metal Landfilled 0.02 Lorry Diesel 0.0027
Recyclable
Aluminium Landfilled Lorry Diesel 0.0027
Cardboard Landfilled 0.58 Lorry Diesel 0.0027
Residual Landfilled Lorry Diesel 0.0027
Biodegradable Landfilled 0.213 Lorry Diesel 0.0027
Concrete Landfilled Lorry Diesel 0.0027
Wood Landfilled Lorry Diesel 0.0027
Inert
Cement Landfilled Lorry Diesel 0.0027
Tiles Landfilled Lorry Diesel 0.0027
Mixed Municipal Food Landfilled Lorry Diesel 0.0027
Solid Food Packaging Landfilled Lorry Diesel 0.0027
Reusable Landfilled Lorry Diesel 0.0027
Carbon emission for waste disposal process and transportation was taken from the CIS
20:2012, Green Performance Assessment System in Construction, pg: 32-34, Construction
277
MyCREST
APPENDIX 2
MyCREST Building Baseline Modelling Guideline
278
MyCREST
MyCREST Building Baseline Modelling

Guideline
2020 Edition
279
MyCREST
INTRODUCTION
1. This document guides on the use of the MyCREST Simulation tool and the
Baseline Building Energy Model (SBEM). It also guides for the use of other
approved software tools comprising the MyCREST Baseline Calculation
Methodology (BCM) when demonstrating compliance for:
a. MyCREST Design
2. This document is under a continuous review. It will be updated as and when
the need for additional clarification is identified.
3. To be approved, the software tool must satisfy the criteria as published by
MyCREST Panel. These requirements are updated from time to time and cover
a number of generic issues as follows:
a. The software tool has to demonstrate that the calculations are
technically robust and that they cover a necessary minimum set of
energy flows.
b. The software tool has to demonstrate that it follows the procedures for
compliance and certification as defined in this document, including the
use of the BCM databases. The definitions of Baseline and Reference
buildings and other issues are defined from time to time.
c. The software tool has to demonstrate that it reports a minimum set of
output parameters and that these parameters can be passed
appropriately to standard modules for:
i. Compliance checking
ii. Deriving a set of recommendations for energy efficiency
improvements.
4. In addition to ensuring that the software tools are compatible in terms of
technical scope, the approval process also checks that the procedural
guidance is being followed in terms of the calculation and reporting processes.
VERSION POLICY
5. All software tools, including the MyCREST template tool and the approved
Dynamic Simulation Models (DSM), evolve with time as improvements are
made to functionality and the quality of the underlying algorithms.
CHOOSING A SOFTWARE TOOL
6. All calculation methods involve a degree of simplification and there are two
classes of software tools available for Building Regulations compliance for
buildings other than dwellings. The tools are:
a. The MyCREST Static tool
280
MyCREST
b. The Approved Dynamic Simulation Models (DSMs). These will be

applicable for any building unless an individual DSMs approval
specifically excludes certain classes of building or building features. They
may prove more flexible than SBEM in handling certain building features
and are also more suited as design support tools (as opposed to carrying
out compliance and certification calculations).
Interface approval as well as software approval are necessary to ensure that

procedures are followed appropriately as well as the calculations are carried out
correctly.
THE BASELINE BUIDING

1. The Baseline building must have the same size, shape and zoning arrangements
as the actual building, with the same conventions relating to the measurement
of dimensions.
2. Each space must contain the same activity (and therefore, the same activity
parameter values) as proposed for the equivalent space in the Actual building.
3. The Baseline building must be given the same orientation and be exposed to
the same weather data as the Actual building. The Baseline building must be
subjected to the same site shading from adjacent buildings and other
topographical features as are applied in the model of the Actual building.
4. W hatever system type (ventilation, cooling) is specified in a zone in the Actual
building must also be provided in the Baseline building. Note that in some
zones, air-conditioning need not be provided. For example, the Actual building
may contain a non-air conditioned stairwell or atrium space. The
corresponding zones in the Baseline building must also be non-air conditioned.
However, if air-conditioning was provided to either of these spaces in the
Actual building, then it must correspondingly be specified in the Baseline
building, and then both buildings must heat those spaces to the heating set-
point specified in the zone type in the BCM database.
5. Any building services system not covered by the energy performance
requirements in the Building Regulations1 must be ignored in both the Actual
and Baseline building.
6. There is a Requirement that the energy performance for the Actual Building
should be reduced by 6% compared to the Baseline Building.
281
MyCREST
BUILDING ENVELOPE
7. For the Baseline Building, the windows, doors and roof light areas need to be
modeled to comply with OTTV 50 W /m2 and OTTV 25W /m2. The following of the
characteristics is for the baseline model:-
a. Passive Design:
The Baseline must achieve a minimum of OTTV = 50 W /m 2, RTTV = 25W/
m2 (with skylights and minimum U values as stated in MS1525.The
following are the additional characteristics of the baseline model:
W indows
W WR = 50% and must be evenly distributed on ALL facades
b. Active Design:
Equipment
Active design shall follow the requirements as stated in the MyCREST
MODELLING GUIDE. Baseline spaces by space Lighting Power Density
(LPD) are as stated in the ACMV Basis of Design, which must comply with
ASHRAE 62.1 and ASHRAE 55.
HVAC SYSTEM
8. Each space in the Baseline building will have the same level of servicing as the
equivalent space in the Actual building.
9. A space is only considered as having air-conditioning if the system serving that
space includes refrigeration. Night cooling using mechanical ventilation is not
air-conditioning. If the same mechanical ventilation system that is used for night
cooling is also used to provide normal ventilation, then the space should be
regarded as being mechanically ventilated.
10. For Baseline Building, the active design shall follow the baseline requirement for
EQUIPMENTS as below:-
a. Chiller Efficiency : MS1525
b. Motor efficiency : MS 1525
AUXILIARY ENERGY
11. Baseline auxiliary for motor and pump should be complied as below:
a. Motor efficiency : MS 1525
LIGHTING POWER DENSITY
12. The ambient lighting in the Baseline building is shown in table below without
compromising the occupant comfort.
282
MyCREST
Common Space Types LPD, W /m2

Office – Enclosed 15*
Office – Open Plan 15*
Conference/Meeting/Multipurpose 14
Classroom/Lecture/Training 15
For Penitentiary 14
Atrium – First Three Floors 6
Atrium – Each Additional Floor 2
Lounge/Recreation 13
For Hospital 9
Dining Area 15*
For Penitentiary 14
For Hotel 15*
For Motel 15*
For Bar Lounge/Leisure Dining 15
For Family Dining 23
Food Preparation 13
Laboratory 15
Restrooms 10
Dressing/Locker/Fitting Room 6
Corridor/Transition 5
For Hospital 11
For Manufacturing Facility 5
Stairs - Active 6
Active Storage 9
For Hospital 10
Inactive Storage 3
For Museum 9
Electrical/Mechanical 16
W orkshop 20
Sales Area [for accent lighting, see Section 9.6.2(b)] 18
283
MyCREST
Building-Specific Space Types LPD, W/m2

Gymnasium/Exercise Centre
Playing Area 15
Exercise Area 10
Courthouse/Police Station/Penitentiary
Courtroom 20
Confinement Cells 10
Judges’ Chambers 14
Fire Stations
Engine Room 9
Sleeping Quarters 3
Post Office – Sorting Area 13
Conv ention Centre – Exhibit Space 14
Library
Card File and Cataloguing 12
Stacks 18
Reading Area 13
Hospital
Emergency 29
Recov ery 9
Nurse’ Station 11
Exam/Treatment 16
Pharmacy 13
Patient Room 8
Operating Room 24
Nursery 6
Medical Supply 15
Physical Supply 10
Radiology 4
Laundry – Washing 6
Automotiv e – Serv ice/Repair 8
Manufacturing
Low Bay ( <25 ft Floor to Ceiling Height) 13
High Bay (≥25 ft Floor to Ceiling Height) 18
Detailed Manufacturing 23
Equipment Room 13
Control Room 5
Hotel/Motel Guest Rooms 12
Dormitory – Liv ing Quarters 12
Museum
284
MyCREST
General Exhibition 11
Restoration 18
Bank/Office – Banking Activ ity Area 16
Religious Buildings
Worship Pulpit, Choir 26
Fellow ship Hall 10
*Values taken from MS1525 in order to take into account the technology presence in
the market.
Baseline should comply with the LPD guidelines to improve energy efficiency by
reducing wasteful design through limiting power allowed for lighting without
compromising occupant comfort and visual performance. Reduce connected
lighting power density below than allowed by IESNA or ASHRAE standard 90.1 2007
using either space by space method or area weighted whole building lighting power
average. The lux level according to the spaces must comply with the minimum
standards in the IESNA Standard Handbook 2000. (In exception of office and selected
spaces which has been derived from MS1525).
LIGHTING
13. Lighting is modeled according to the baseline and designed Lighting Power
Density with the compliance of lux level according to IESNA.
14. The general lighting in the Actual building will include any capabilities of
modeling daylight harvesting, and occupancy sensor control.
CALCULATING THE CO 2 EMISSION
15. The CO2 emissions from the Actual and Baseline building is based from KETTHA
conversion. This conversion will be updated from time to time. The current
conversion is 1kW h equal to 0.747 kgCO2e (MGTC 2011).
285
MyCREST
ENERGY AUDIT
PURPOSE
1. To perform an energy audit to measure the actual environmental parameters

of the tenanted areas and determine the actual energy consumption of the
building and compare it with general engineering practices.
2. To determine the additional energy required resulting from the tenant-installed
equipment.
3. To determine the energy consumption of the car-park areas.
4. To determine the actual distribution of energy utilization of major building
services in the building
5. To verify the effectiveness of any energy efficiency practices currently installed
in this building
6. To measure the space noise level and illumination level
7. To determine the actual consumption of commercial water supplied of
building
8. To write a report on the status of energy consumption for the purpose of
submission to GBI for registration
SCOPE
1. The whole building office area and car park area including landscape areas
TASK OF ENERGY AUDITOR
1. Obtain building data and energy billing data

2. Do site inspection for the purpose of:
a. Extracting data from energy management system
b. Extracting data from the actual equipment nameplate installed in the
building
c. Taking actual reading of
i. Temperature
ii. Relative humidity
iii. Noise level
iv. Carbon dioxide level
v. Illumination level including daylight level.
In the office areas, common areas, M&E room, landscaped areas and
the car-parking area.
d. Take photographs to illustrate the report.
3. Examine the energy data and establish the actual; monthly/yearly
consumption and maximum demand levels
286
MyCREST
4. Evaluate its current energy consumption vis-à-vis simulated baselines, designed

values, good engineering practices and to verify the savings
5. Analyse the maximum demand from the EMS printout and the energy bills
6. Determine the building energy intensity (BEI) of the building
7. Determine the utilization of energy for each major building service
8. Consult the facility personnel on historical maintenance records, equipment
functionality normal operating schedule and any anomalous operating
schedule with abnormal consumption.
9. Confirm that the facility is billed on the proper tariff rate
10. Calculate the actual water consumption supplied commercially to the building
11. Evaluate the operating efficiency of major energy equipment, chiller, fans,
motors and pumps
THE REPORT
1. The report should contain:

a. The description of the building, name owner, location, size and type.
b. The actual energy consumption, water consumption and electricity
maximum demand of the building over the period the data were
available.
c. The energy savings and the level of effectiveness of any energy
efficiency programmes
287
MyCREST
APPENDIX 3
MyCREST Guide for PV Solar Energy Generation
Estimation
288
MyCREST
MyCREST GUIDE FOR PV SOLAR ENERGY GENERATION

ESTIMATION
The following is a simple set of guidelines for projects to estimate the annual electrical
energy generation for solar renewable systems in MyCREST. In MyCREST, solar energy
generation is calculated under ‘renewable energy’ and represents carbon amount
that can be offset from the carbon emission. In MyCREST, the solar energy generated
cannot be used to attain points under ‘Energy Performance’, but can attain points
under ‘Renewable energy’ and ‘Innovation’.
Various factors can contribute to the amount of electrical energy that can be
generated by Solar panels. These include the solar panel specifications, the available
solar radiation and cloudiness of the sky, the degree of orientation of the panel
towards the annual sun path and the solar panel area and material of the solar cells
itself.
Essentially, the following steps should be taken:
1. Determine the targeted solar power.

2. Determine the location or inclination of solar panel (roof, on the ground etc.)
3. Refer to the product specifications on the electricity generated per year by
1kW hp.
4. Input the annual estimated energy in EP-CAL 01/02 Energy Model template
289
MyCREST
APPENDIX 4
Method of Modelling CFD
290
MyCREST
Methods of Modelling CFD
1. Predict external pressures around building
Providing a framework where valuable information on wind and sunlight environment,

and concentration of these environmental forces around building complexes -
including surface pressure distributions can be analyzed. They also provide a platform
for the applications of the rapid development in ‘virtual’ wind tunnel modeling based
on Computational Fluid dynamics (CFD) techniques and visualisation techniques in
terms of the Malaysian context. Animated sunlight analysis tools should also be used
as a support in predicting the internal impact of built features forms to minimise
unwanted sunlight and maximise usable daylight – which are the principal issues
under this climate.
By analyzing the varied geometry of buildings through CFD and visualization tools, the
environment around, within and over the urban forms can be analysed. Wind and
sunlight are strong directional factors that can influence the microclimate around and
inside a building - these studies will further enhance the knowledge of the accuracy
of these predictions in order to assist in strategic design decisions. The methodology
emphasises to use the current developments in computational fluid dynamics and
sunlight visualisation software to analyse the impact of bioclimatic parameters.
Because these models and simulation process make heavy demands on input and
computing time, the necessary hardware and software are crucial for this
achievement.
The parameters that can be analysed are external and internal i.e. Room air
distribution, pressure regime analysis, temperature profiles analysis and external
temperature analysis.
Successive simulation runs should be undertaken to study the impact in terms of

occupant comfort, indoor temperature, vertical and horizontal distribution of airflow,
sunlight and daylight penetration are studied by different members of the research
team. These require not only many simulations runs, advanced computing capability
and time, but the output of the simulation in terms of visualisat ion have to be
projected and discussed in a team in order to optimise conflicting requirements and
balance the positive and negative impacts of strategic decisions.
CFD or Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) system is concerned with the numerical
simulation of air flow and heat transfer. It gives building designers the information they
need for detailed predictions of air flow and heat transfer processes in and around
building spaces - taking into account boundary conditions such as the effects of
climate, internal energy sources and HVAC systems.
291
MyCREST
Zonal analysis can also be used for analysing infiltration and natural ventilation in
buildings. It uses a zonal airflow model to calculate bulk air movement in and through
the building, driven by wind and buoyancy induced pressures.
Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) is concerned with the numerical simulation of

fluid flow, heat transfer and mass transfer processes. The objective of CFD applied to
buildings is to provide the designer with a tool that enables t hem to gain greater
understanding of the likely air flow and heat transfer processes occurring within and
around building spaces given specified boundary conditions which may include the
effects of climate, internal energy sources and HVAC systems.
2. Predict internal cross ventilation or stack effect in at least 50 percent of the main
occupied areas of the building
One of the focuses of this point is to demonstrate how effective is the wind penetration
into internal spaces and rooms such as occupied rooms, internal light wells of corridors
as well as gaps between buildings and courtyards. Another focus is to assess the
comfort implications of a series of ‘what if’ options with respect to building form. As a
result, a closed plan can be developed into a more open design. It is therefore
possible to investigate the wind penetration into elements such as internal light wells
as well as gaps between buildings and courtyards. By assessing the comfort
implications of a series of ‘what if’ options with respect to building form, a closed plan
can be developed into a more open design – while at the same time, ensuring air
movement and enlivening the internal environments.
Ventilation Simulation Methodology and Requirements

The natural ventilation simulation shall be carried out using computational fluid
dynamics (CFD) modelling to identify the most effective building design and layout
for the development. The simulation results and recommendations derived are to be
adopted to meet the intent of the criteria.
The CFD modelling shall be carried out using well validated software. The CFD solver
shall have the minimum capability of solving the Navier-Stokes fluid flow equations for
three dimensional incompressible flows at steady state on a body conforming
computational grid. Turbulence modelling shall also be included with the minimum
requirement of using the standard k-Ɛ turbulence model, coupled with standard wall
function.
All simulation models shall be carried out under isothermal condition of 33.0°C air
temperature at steady state condition.
For external pressure simulation, the computational domain shall include t he

development of interest, the characteristics of the immediate surroundings and
buildings reside within the proximity of minimum 3 times or more the length of the
longest distance measured across the boundary of the development. If the building
292
MyCREST
and surrounding development are located within hilly terrain, the topography
information shall be included in the simulation models. The computational domain
shall be further extended from the outer edge of the proximity regions to the boundary
such that it would not result in non-physical airflow solution, after the solution has
converged. The computational domain shall also be aligned along with the wind flow
direction. The domain height shall be extended, approximately 3 times the height of
the tallest building within the defined vicinity.
The computational grid generated for all simulations should resolve the salient flow
features in the apartment units and around the development. As a guide, the
dimension of the computational element should be set at 0.1 to 0.2 m in the
apartment unit, 0.5 to 1.0 m at all buildings and ground level and 10 m at the far field
boundary with a minimum of 50 m away from the ground.
Based on local climatic wind condition, meteorological data on the prevailing wind
direction and velocity of the proposed site location for at least three prevailing wind
directions shall be used for the CFD simulation. Examples of the prevailing wind
conditions such as the mean speed and direction for Singapore shall be taken from
table below. The inbound vertical wind profile shall assume to be given by the
logarithmic Law with reference height at 10 m.
Table 1: Tabulation of Prevailing W ind Direction & Speed obtained from NEA over a
Period of 18 Years.
W ind Direction Mean Speed (m/s)
North 2.0
North-East 2.9
South 2.8
South-East 3.2
There shall have two large scale simulation models using the specified computational
domain and grid to assess the wind flow conditions and air-flow pattern within the
development and units. The simulation modelling can be conducted based on the
two best prevailing wind directions for the building development that is North or North -
East (N or E) and South or South-East (S or SE).
Stage 1 1. For internal spaces, determine up to five (5) typical room

design layouts that have the majority number of units. If
CFD Simulation
the proposed building development comprises less than
model for
5 typical unit types, all the typical unit design layouts are
development
to be selected for the simulation.
293
MyCREST
2. Also conduct a simulation to assess the wind flow

conditions around the proposed building development
and adjacent buildings. Natural ventilated corridor linked
to the unit should be taken into consideration for the
simulation models.
3. From the simulation results, determine the wind pressure
taken at 0.5 m from every assumed opening of all units at
mid height (capped at 20 storey height) and the pressure
difference (i.e. the difference of the maximum and
minimum wind pressure) of each unit. For instance, where
all or some of the typical unit layouts are not designed at
mid-height level, the average wind pressure and
respective pressure differences should be determined for
these typical units located at the level closest to the mid-
height level.
4. Derive the average pressure differences for all units at
mid height or selected level.
5. Select the unit with pressure difference that is closest to
the average pressure difference derived in C3.5(d) from
each typical unit design layout as determined in C3.5(a)
for Stage 2 simulation. The maximum allowable margin of
± 10% difference from the average pressure difference is
deemed acceptable.
6. Conduct a large scale CFD simulation to assess the air
flow conditions of these five (5) selected spaces. All living
or functional spaces in the unit are to be included in the
simulation modeling except for enclosed spaces such as
storeroom or CD shelter. For the simulation model, all
windows and doors can be assumed to be fully opened
except for the main door, which is assumed to be closed
Stage 2 at all time.
7. From the simulation results, determine the area –
CFD Simulation
weighted average wind velocity of each selected unit y
Model for Units
considering the air flow conditions of the applicable
areas. For residential buildings, the applicable areas refer
to living room, open kitchen (that is connected to the
living room), study rooms and all bedrooms. The area-
weighted average wind velocities of these areas are to
be computed at horizontal-plane 1.2 m above the floor
level. The same applies to naturally ventilated functional
spaces for non-residential buildings.
294
MyCREST
The selected space is deemed to have good natural ventilation if the area -weighted
average wind velocity of the unit is not less than 0.6 m/s. The overall percentage of
units achieving good natural ventilation is given by:
∑ (No. of Selected Units for Each Layout x Area-W eighted Average W ind Velocity) x
Total Number of Selected Units x 0.60 m/s
100%
The Qualified Person (QP) and other appropriate practitioners shall ensure that the
following report is available as evidence to demonstrate compliance with the
ventilation simulation framework. The report should comprise the following items:
i. Cover page with a proper title, photo of development, developer’s information
(including developer’s name and address and person-in-charge), Consultant’s
detail (including the principal’s name and authorized signature, firm’s address
and person-in-charge)
ii. Table of contents
iii. Executive Summary
 Background of the development
 Main findings
 Concluding remarks
iv. Background/ Introduction
v. Methodology
 Describe methodology used in the study
 Provide rationale for the units selection as well as salient information such
as the total no. of units and different design units layout and location
vi. Geometrical Model should include
 Isometric view of the development from various angles
 Domain size used
 Plan and 3D isometric model of units form various angles
vii. Simulation settings
 Boundary conditions
 CFD software/ models used/ numerical scheme
 Mesh/ cell sizing
 Solution control-convergence criteria
viii. Results and discussions
 Simulation results for the development for all direction showing the main
graphical plots of the plan pressure and velocity vector salient findings
 Tabulation showing the listing and details of all typical unit types and the
selected unit types as well as the corresponding number of units and the
area-weighted average wind velocity within each selected unit where
applicable.
 Calculation of percentage of units with good natural ventilation and
area-weighted average wind velocity of 0.60 m/s or more.
ix. Conclusion
x. The following plots are to be placed in the appendices
295
MyCREST
 Simulation results for the development for each direction

 Static pressure (plan view-ground & mid elevation, isometric
views on building façade)
 Velocity vector and contour showing the plan view at ground &
mid elevation
296
MyCREST
APPENDIX 5
Occupants’ Satisfaction Survey Sheet
297
MyCREST
OCCUPANT SATISFACTION SURVEY Personal Workspace Location
Background 7. On which floor is your

1. How many years have you workspace located?
worked in this building? ............. floor
􀂅 Less than 1 year
􀂅 1-2 years 8. In which area of the building is
􀂅 3-5 years your workspace located?
􀂅 More than 5 years 􀂅 North
􀂅 East
2. How long have you been 􀂅 W est
working at your present 􀂅 South
workspace? 􀂅 Core
􀂅 Less than 3 months 􀂅 Do not know
􀂅 4-6 months
􀂅 7-12 months 9. To which direction do the
􀂅 More than 1 year windows closest to your
workspace face?
3. In a typical week, how many 􀂅 North
hours do you spend in your 􀂅 East
workspace? 􀂅 W est
􀂅 10 or less 􀂅 South
􀂅 11-30 􀂅 No windows
􀂅 More than 30 􀂅 Do not know
4. How would you describe the 10. Are you near to an exterior wall
work you do? (within 15 feet)?
􀂅 Administrative support 􀂅 Yes
􀂅 Technical 􀂅 No
􀂅 Professional
􀂅 Managerial/ supervisory
􀂅 Other 11. Are you near a window (within
15 feet)?
5. W hat is your age? 􀂅 Yes
􀂅 30 or under 􀂅 No
􀂅 31-50
􀂅 Over 50 12. W hich of the following best
describes your personal
6. W hat is your gender? workspace?
􀂅 Female 􀂅 Enclosed office, private
􀂅 Male 􀂅 Enclosed office, shared with
other people
􀂅 Cubicles with high partitions
(about five or more feet high)
􀂅 Cubicles with low partitions
(lower than five feet high)
􀂅 W orkspace in open office
with no partitions (just desks)
􀂅 Other
298
MyCREST
Office Layout 18. How satisfied are you with the

level of visual privacy?
13. How satisfied are you with the 􀂅 1 Very satisfied
amount of space available for 􀂅2
individual work and storage? 􀂅3
􀂅 1 Very Satisfied 􀂅4
􀂅2 􀂅 5 Very dissatisfied
􀂅3
􀂅4 19. How satisfied are you with ease
􀂅 5 Very Dissatisfied of interaction with co-workers?
􀂅 1 Very satisfied
14. How satisfied are you with the 􀂅2
level of visual privacy? 􀂅3
􀂅 1 Very Satisfied 􀂅4
􀂅3
􀂅4 20. Overall, does the office layout
􀂅 5 Very Dissatisfied enhance or interfere with your
ability to get your job done?
OCCUPANT SATISFACTION SURVEY 􀂅 1 Enhances
􀂅2
15. How satisfied are you with the 􀂅3
ease of interaction with co- 􀂅4
workers? 􀂅 5 Interferes
􀂅 1 Very Satisfied
􀂅2 Office Furnishings
􀂅3
􀂅4 21. How satisfied are you with the
􀂅 5 Very Dissatisfied comfort of your office
furnishings (chair, desk,
16. Overall, does the office layout computer, equipment, etc.)?
enhance or interfere with your 􀂅 1 Very satisfied
ability to get your job done? 􀂅2
􀂅 1 Enhances 􀂅3
􀂅2 􀂅4
􀂅4
􀂅 5 Interferes 22. How satisfied are you with your
ability to adjust your furniture to
17. How satisfied are you with the meet your needs?
amount of space available for 􀂅 1 Very satisfied
individual work and storage? 􀂅2
􀂅 1 Very satisfied 􀂅3
􀂅2 􀂅4
􀂅4
􀂅 5 Very dissatisfied
299
MyCREST
Thermal Comfort 27. Overall, does your thermal

comfort in your workspace
23. How satisfied are you with the enhance or interfere with your
colours and textures of flooring, ability to get your job done?
furniture and surface finishes? 􀂅 1 Enhances
􀂅 1 Very satisfied 􀂅2
􀂅2 􀂅3
􀂅3 􀂅4
􀂅4 􀂅 5 Interferes
Air Quality
24. Do your office furnishings
enhance or interfere with your 28. How satisfied are you with the
ability to get your job done? air quality in your workspace
􀂅 1 Enhances (i.e. stuffy/stale air, cleanliness,
􀂅2 odours)?
􀂅3 􀂅 1 Very satisfied
􀂅4 􀂅2
􀂅 5 Interferes 􀂅3
􀂅4
25. W hich of the following do you 􀂅 5 Very dissatisfied
personally adjust or control in
your workspace? (check all Lighting
that apply)
􀂅 W indow blinds or shades 29. Overall, does the air quality in
􀂅 Operable window your workspace enhance or
􀂅 Thermostat interfere with your ability to get
􀂅 Room air-conditioning unit your job done?
􀂅 Portable fan 􀂅 1 Enhances
􀂅 Ceiling fan 􀂅2
􀂅 Adjustable air vent in wall or 􀂅3
ceiling 􀂅4
􀂅 Adjustable floor air vent 􀂅 5 Interferes
(diffuser)
􀂅 Door to interior space 30. W hich of the following controls
􀂅 Door to exterior space do you have over the lighting in
􀂅 None of the above your workspace? (check all
􀂅 Other that apply)
􀂅 Light switch
26. How satisfied are you with the 􀂅 Light dimmer
temperature in your 􀂅 W indow blinds or shades
workspace? 􀂅 Desk (task) light
􀂅 1 Very satisfied 􀂅 None of the above
􀂅2 􀂅 Other
􀂅3
􀂅4
300
MyCREST
31. How satisfied are you with the 36. Overall, does the acoustic
amount of light in your quality in your workspace
workspace? enhance or interfere with your
􀂅 1 Very satisfied ability to get your job done?
􀂅2 􀂅 1 Enhances
􀂅3 􀂅2
􀂅4 􀂅3
􀂅 5 Very dissatisfied 􀂅4
􀂅 5 Interferes
32. How satisfied are you with the
visual comfort of the lighting Cleanliness and Maintenance
(e.g., glare, reflections,
contrast)? 37. How satisfied are you with
􀂅 1 Very satisfied general cleanliness of the
􀂅2 overall building?
􀂅4 􀂅2
􀂅4
33. Overall, does the lighting quality 􀂅 5 Very dissatisfied
enhance or interfere with your
ability to get your job done? 38. How satisfied are you with
􀂅 1 Enhances cleaning service provided for
􀂅2 your workspace?
􀂅4 􀂅2
􀂅 5 Interferes 􀂅3
􀂅4
Acoustic Quality 􀂅 5 Very dissatisfied
34. How satisfied are you with the
noise level in your workspace? 39. How satisfied are you with
􀂅 1 Very satisfied general maintenance of the
􀂅2 building?
􀂅4 􀂅2
􀂅4
35. How satisfied are you with the 􀂅 5 Very dissatisfied
sound privacy in your
workspace (ability to have 40. Does the cleanliness and
conversations without your maintenance of this building
neighbours overhearing and enhance or interfere with your
vice versa)? ability to get your job done?
􀂅 1 Very satisfied 􀂅 1 Enhances
􀂅2 􀂅2
􀂅3 􀂅3
􀂅4 􀂅4
􀂅 5 Very dissatisfied 􀂅 5 Interferes
301
MyCREST
IEQ Parameter benchmark
Unit of Acceptable
Parameter Measure
Measure Range/ Limits
1. Thermal i. Temperature 
C 23 – 26
comfort
ii. Relative humidity % 55 – 70
2. Indoor air i. Air movement m/ s 0.15 – 0.5

quality
ii. Carbon dioxide ppm 1000
iii. Carbon monoxide ppm 10
iv. Formaldehyde ppm 0.1
v. Particulate matters mg/ m3 0.15
vi. Total volatile organic

ppm 3
compounds (TVOC)
3. Indoor Illuminance lux 300 – 400

lighting
4. Indoor Ambient sound db(A) 40 – 50
acoustic
Sources:
a) Code of Practice on Energy Efficiency and Use of Renewable Energy for

Non-Residential Buildings, MS: 1525
b) Guidelines on Occupational Safety and Health, DOSH Malaysia
302
MyCREST
APPENDIX 6
MyCREST Commissioning Flow Chart
303
MyCREST
CxA reviews contractor

submittals
CxA verifies installation and performance of
CONSTRUCTION/INSTALLATION
building systems
CxA performs systems functional performance

testing
CxA develops systems

manual for commissioned
systems
CxA verifies training

requirements are
completed
CxA develops commissioning report POST-CONSTRUCTION
CxA reviews building

operation 8-10 months after
completion
304
MyCREST
ReCommissioning ( MyCREST O&M)
Investigation and Analysis - Determine

possible energy conservation measures
through commissioning
Implement Result
Implement all low-cost or no-cost

Repeat
measures
system
testing and
evaluation
OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

over 2 years
Provide training for building staff cycle
Measure performance
Develop the final report
Compile a system manual
Develop an ongoing commissioning plan
Verify continued staff training - provide facility managers,

engineers, and major-systems equipment operators with
training that build awareness and skills in a broad range
of sustainable building operations topics in MYCREST
305
MyCREST
APPENDIX 7
MyCREST Calculator Formula
306
MyCREST
IS-CAL01 & IS-CAL02 CARBON ACCOUNTING ON SITE (DESIGN & VERIFICATION)
A. Carbon Sequestration - Conservation minimum diameter of 28cm
Site Area Condition

Non-Urban Area/Urban
Location of Site Area
Area
Within the project boundary, total existing trees with trunk diameter
larger z
than 28cm
Total conserve and protected trees (with trunk diameter larger than 28cm)
y
(as per ISreq1 Site Inventory Analysis on Greenery Template)1
Existing tree preserved expressed as a percent of total existing tree (z/y) x 100
1
Pr eservation and Protected
307
MyCREST
Carbon Sequestration - Conservation

Trees with diameter GREATER OR EQUAL 28cm
Diameter Total AGB
Height (m) Ms Mb 1/Ml Ml Total AGB (kg
(cm) (kg)/tree
Number of
Trees 1/H=1/(2.0*D)+1/ Ms=0.0313*(D2H)0. Mb=0.136*Ms1. 1/Ml=1/(0.124M Total AGB (kg)/tree
D Ml=1/ML Ms+Mb+Ml
61 9733 070
s0.794)+1/125 *No of trees
I1
I2
I3
I4
I5
I6
I7
I8
I9
10
11
Total AGB (kg) SUM (I1:I11) = SUM 1
Biomass (ton) SUM 1/1000 = SUM 2
Carbon (ton) SUM 2*0.47 = SUM 3
Carbon* Coefficient for open grown tree in city (tonne) SUM 3*0.41 = SUM 4
CO2 sequestration (tonne) SUM 4*44/12
*The diameter of the tr ee is measur ed at 1.5 meter above gr ound level.
308
MyCREST
Step 1: Height of Tree
Height: 1/H = 1/(2.0*D) + 1/61
: W = 0.25 x ((D2/6.4515) x (H/0.3048) x 1.2)
Step 2: Mass of Stem
Ms = 0.0313*(D2H)0.9733
Step 3: Mass of Branch
Mb = 0.136*Ms1.070
Step 4: Mass of Leaves
Ml = 1/Ml=1/(0.124Ms0.794)+1/125
Step 5: Total AGB
AGB = (Ms+Mb+Ml) x No of Trees
Step 6: Total Biomass
Biomass = Total AGB /1000
Step 7 : Total Carbon
Carbon = TBiomass x 0.47
Step 8: Carbon Coeficient for Open Grown Tree in City
Coefficient = Tcarbon x 0.8
Step 9: Carbon Sequestration
Carbon Sequestration = Coefficient x 44/12
D = diameter of the trunk (cm)
H = Height of the tree (m)
* cm to inch = 0.3937
Inch 2 to cm2 = 6.4515
feet to meter = 0.3048
metric ton to pound = 2204.62
309
MyCREST
B) GRASS
For Grass, Turf and Groundcovers

Total Grass Area A m2
Total Dry Weight (TDW) A x 0.56 = B kg
Total Carbon Weight (TCW) B x 0.427 = C kg
Carbon Sequestration, tCO2e C x 3.6663 / 1000 tCO2e
Step 1: Total Dry Weight (TDW)
TDW = 0.56 x Area in meter square
Step 2: Total Carbon Weight (TCW)
TCW = TDW x 0.427
Step 3: Total CO2 Weight (TCO2W)
Step 4: Total ton CO 2 Weight (T CO2W)
tCO2e = TCO2W /1000
c) WATER BODIES
For Water Bodies

Total Water Bodies Area A m2
*Carbon Sequestration, tCO2e A x 0.56 x 0.427 x 3.6663 / 1000 tCO2e
310
MyCREST
IS-CAL03 & IS-CAL04 URBAN HEAT ISLAND MITIGATION (DESIGN & VERIFICATION)
Option 1: Vegetated Roof

Total roof area (excluding mechanical equipment, photovoltaic panels and
m2
skylights)(m2)
Total vegetated roof area (m 2) m2
Vegetated roof area, as percentage of total roof area
%
The vegetated roof area must be at least 50% of the total roof area to earn 1 point.
Type of Planting
Grass, Shrubs and Groundcovers
Shady Trees
For Grass, Shrubs and Groundcovers
Total Grass Area m2
Total Dry Weight (TDW) 0.00 kg
Total Carbon Weight (TCW) 0.00 kg
Carbon Sequestration, tCO2e 0.0000 tCO2e
311
MyCREST
Trees
Diameter Total AGB
Height (m) Ms Mb 1/Ml Ml Total AGB (kg
(cm) (kg)/tree
Number of
Trees 1/H=1/(2.0*D)+1/ Ms=0.0313*(D2H)0. Mb=0.136*Ms1. 1/Ml=1/(0.124M Total AGB (kg)/tree
D Ml=1/ML Ms+Mb+Ml
61 9733 070
s0.794)+1/125 *No of trees
I1
I2
I3
I4
I5
I6
I7
I8
I9
10
11
Total AGB (kg) SUM (I1:I11) = SUM 1
Biomass (ton) SUM 1/1000 = SUM 2
Carbon (ton) SUM 2*0.47 = SUM 3
Carbon* Coefficient for open grown tree in city (tonne) SUM 3*0.41 = SUM 4
CO2 sequestration (tonne) SUM 4*44/12
*The diameter of the tr ee is measur ed at 1.5 meter above gr ound level.
312
MyCREST
Option 2: Landscaped Wall

Total facade area m2
Total vegetated facade area (m 2) m2
Vegetated facade area, as percentage of total facade area
%
The vegetated wall area must be at leas t 20% of the total roof area to earn 1 point.
For Grass, Shrubs and Groundcovers

Total Grass Area m2
Total Dry Weight (TDW) 0.00 kg
Total Carbon Weight (TCW) 0.00 kg
Carbon Sequestration, tCO2e 0.0000 tCO2e
313
MyCREST
314

MyCREST Design & Construction Stage V 2.0.1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

MyCREST Design & Construction Stage V 2.0.1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MyCREST

Malaysian Carbon Reduction and Environmental Sustainability Tool

A Reference Guide for MyCREST

© Construction Industry Development Board Malaysia 2020

All enquiries regarding this book should be forwarded to:

Tel : 603-4047 7000

Perpustakaan Negara Malaysia Cataloguing-in-Publication Data

TABLE OF CONTENTS: DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STAGE

INTRODUCTION TO MyCREST DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STAGE

IS INFRASTRUCTURE AND SEQUESTRATION

ENERGY PERFORMANCE IMPACTS

EP1 BUILDING ENVELOPE PERFORMANCE – THERMAL PERFORMANCE

OH OCCUPANT AND HEALTH

EC LOWERING EMBODIED CARBON

EC1 LIFE CYCLE ANALYSIS 174

WE WATER EFFICIENCY FACTORS

SC SOCIAL AND CULTURAL SUSTAINABILITY

DP DEMOLITION AND DISPOSAL FACTORS

IN SUSTAINABLE LOW CARBON INITIATIVES

EH ELECTIVE POINTS FOR HEALTHCARE BUILDINGS

Description and Outline of MyCREST Sustainable and Carbon

Outline of the Initial Target of MyCREST Level of Certification (Star

Green Eco-Charrette 1 Point

Approach & Strategy

An eco-charrette generally provides a venue to navigate potential pitfalls and better

References, Standards, & Codes

Implementation of an Integrated Design Process 1 Point

Utilisation of BIM by at least three of the following project team members:

Approach & Strategy

Create a database of best practices to help team members work on similar

b. Architect and Interior Designer

Figure 1. Range of project team members and objectives of a project.

References, Standards, & Codes

Potential Environmental Impact of Development or Re-

This assessment should include:

Approach & Strategy

References, Standards, & Codes

Facilities Management Input in the Design Team 1 Point

Approach & Strategy

References, Standards, & Codes

Site Inventory Analysis on Greenery Required

Figure 2. Measurement of plant diameter.

Approach & Strategy

Measurement of Tree Diameter

Refer: Inventory ID: IS-INV01:

Design and Construction Assessment:

References, Standards, & Codes

Sample Plant Inventory

1.1 Development within a Defined Urban Footprint 3 Points

Approach & Strategy

References, Standards, & Codes

1.2 Urban Connectivity 2 Points

Approach & Strategy

References, Standards, & Codes

Figure 3.1. Sample of amenities within the community zone.

1.3 Brownfield Development 1 Point

Approach & Strategy

References, Standards, & Codes

2.1 Carbon Sequestration – Conservation of Trees with a

Approach & Strategy

Refer: Calculator ID: IS-CAL01 Refer: Calculator ID: IS-CAL02

Design Assessment Construction Assessment

The inputs for this calculator are: